WO2024111393A1 - Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator - Google Patents

Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024111393A1
WO2024111393A1 PCT/JP2023/039908 JP2023039908W WO2024111393A1 WO 2024111393 A1 WO2024111393 A1 WO 2024111393A1 JP 2023039908 W JP2023039908 W JP 2023039908W WO 2024111393 A1 WO2024111393 A1 WO 2024111393A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
curable composition
mass
formula
independently represent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/039908
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
雅臣 牧野
賢 鮫島
英知 古山
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024111393A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024111393A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/38Polymerisation using regulators, e.g. chain terminating agents, e.g. telomerisation
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/44Polymerisation in the presence of compounding ingredients, e.g. plasticisers, dyestuffs, fillers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F2/00Processes of polymerisation
    • C08F2/46Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation
    • C08F2/48Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light
    • C08F2/50Polymerisation initiated by wave energy or particle radiation by ultraviolet or visible light with sensitising agents
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01LSEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L27/00Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate
    • H01L27/14Devices consisting of a plurality of semiconductor or other solid-state components formed in or on a common substrate including semiconductor components sensitive to infrared radiation, light, electromagnetic radiation of shorter wavelength or corpuscular radiation and specially adapted either for the conversion of the energy of such radiation into electrical energy or for the control of electrical energy by such radiation
    • H01L27/144Devices controlled by radiation
    • H01L27/146Imager structures

Definitions

  • the present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
  • Optical filters such as color filters are produced using a curable composition that contains a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a curable compound.
  • a curable composition that contains a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a curable compound.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a composition containing a photopolymerization initiator having an indole skeleton.
  • Patent document 1 International Publication No. 2015/152153
  • Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
  • a radical polymerization initiator having a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group;
  • a radical curable compound Including, A curable composition, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
  • Z1 represents any one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group;
  • X represents a group having three or more condensed rings;
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group;
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
  • Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 1 represents an al
  • Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar2 represents a divalent organic group
  • R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the
  • R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom;
  • R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
  • R4 represents an alkyl group;
  • L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
  • Two or more of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure;
  • Z2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  • Y 1 is a group represented by the following formula (4):
  • L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, in which R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; Each R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; r represents an integer from 1 to 6; * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • r represents an integer from 1 to 6
  • * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  • ⁇ 6> The curable composition according to any one of the above ⁇ 3> to ⁇ 5>, wherein Ar 1 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
  • Ar 2 is an arylene group.
  • ⁇ 8> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 2> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the m is 1.
  • ⁇ 9> The curable composition according to any one of the above ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 8>, further comprising a colorant.
  • ⁇ 10> The curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 9> above, further comprising a thiol-based chain transfer agent.
  • ⁇ 12> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 10> above.
  • An optical element comprising the film according to ⁇ 12> above.
  • An image sensor comprising the film according to ⁇ 12> above.
  • a solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to ⁇ 12> above.
  • An image display device comprising the film according to ⁇ 12> above.
  • Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar2 represents a divalent organic group
  • R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the
  • a curable composition having excellent sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate is provided. Further, according to other embodiments of the present disclosure, there are provided a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, or an image display device using the curable composition. Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a novel radical polymerization initiator is provided.
  • an "alkyl group” encompasses not only alkyl groups without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
  • the term "(keto)oxime ester group” refers to both or either of a ketoxime ester group and an oxime ester group.
  • exposure includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
  • (meth)acrylate refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate
  • (meth)acrylic refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic
  • (meth)acryloyl refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
  • the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
  • the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
  • a pigment means a colorant that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
  • process refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the intended effect of the process is achieved.
  • E- and Z-stereoisomers unless otherwise specified, either the E- or Z-isomer may be used. The present disclosure will be described in detail below.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises: a radical polymerization initiator having a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group; and a radical curable compound, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm, and can be more suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the present inventors have found that the sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate of the curable composition are improved by employing the above-mentioned configuration.
  • the radical polymerization initiator has a group having an indole skeleton and a group having three or more condensed rings, the light absorption efficiency is improved.
  • the radical polymerization initiator has a (keto)oxime ester group, which improves the light absorption efficiency and promotes the generation of radicals from the (keto)oxime ester group. It is presumed that these factors enable the production of a curable composition that has high sensitivity and excellent adhesion to substrates.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters.
  • optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Examples of types of pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
  • the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm.
  • the infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
  • the solids concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific radical polymerization initiator”) which has a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
  • a radical polymerization initiator hereinafter also referred to as a "specific radical polymerization initiator” which has a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator that generates radicals when exposed to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the exposure wavelength at which the specific radical polymerization initiator generates radicals is preferably 150 nm to 460 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 420 nm, further preferably 150 nm to 380 nm, and particularly preferably 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • the group having an indole skeleton is not particularly limited as long as it has an indole structure.
  • the group having an indole skeleton is preferably a group represented by the following formula (5).
  • * represents the bonding position between the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group. Note that * may be bonded to the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group via a divalent organic group or the like.
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may be an aromatic ring.
  • halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (also referred to as "number of carbon atoms"), and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • R 15 to R 19 are each independently one selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group and an alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the group having three or more condensed rings may be aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably aromatic from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
  • the group having three or more condensed rings may or may not contain a heteroatom. From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the group having three or more condensed rings preferably contains a heteroatom.
  • the number of rings contained in the group having three or more condensed rings is preferably 3 to 8, more preferably 3 to 6, even more preferably 3 or 6, and particularly preferably 3.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the group having 3 or more condensed rings is preferably 12 to 50, more preferably 12 to 40, and even more preferably 12 to 30.
  • Examples of groups having three or more condensed rings include anthracene, pyrene, fluorenone, fluorene, acridine, dihydroacridine, acridone, carbazole, dibenzothiophene, dibenzofuran, xanthene, xanthone, thioxanthone, etc.
  • carbazole, dibenzothiophene, or dibenzofuran is preferred, dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran is more preferred, and dibenzofuran is even more preferred.
  • the group having three or more condensed rings may or may not have a substituent.
  • the substituent is not particularly limited, and is preferably a substituent having 0 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituent having 0 to 50 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amino group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryl group, an acyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a sulfo group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a morpholino group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyalkyl group, and the like.
  • substituents may further have a substituent, or the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the group having three or more condensed rings preferably has an acyl group as a substituent.
  • the acyl group include an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heteroarylcarbonyl group, and the like, and an arylcarbonyl group or a heteroarylcarbonyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, and a 2-bromophenyl group.
  • Examples of the heteroaryl group in the heteroarylcarbonyl group include a 2-furyl group, a 3-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 3-thienyl group, a 2-benzofuryl group, a 3-benzofuryl group, a 2-benzothienyl group, and a 3-benzothienyl group.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the (keto)oxime ester group is not particularly limited as long as it has a (keto)oxime ester structure.
  • the (keto)oxime ester group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (6). In formula (6), either of the two * marks represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton.
  • the * mark in the carbonyl group represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton
  • the * mark in the oxime ester group represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton
  • Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a stearyl group, an isopropyl group, an isoamyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentylmethyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, a cyclopentylpropyl group, and the like.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a funatyl group, an anthracenyl group, a pyrenyl group, etc.
  • the group represented by Y 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
  • Y 1 in formula (6) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3).
  • R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom; R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; R4 represents an alkyl group; L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; Two or more of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure; Z2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms; * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  • R 2 in formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 in formula (3) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • R 4 in formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and it is more preferable that R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
  • L 1 in formula (3) is preferably O, S or NR, and more preferably O or NR.
  • L2 in formula (3) is preferably CHR.
  • R in the above NR is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
  • R in the above CHR is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Z2 in formula (3) is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
  • Y 1 in formula (6) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (4).
  • L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, in which R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; Each R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group; r represents an integer from 1 to 6; * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  • L3 in formula (4) is preferably O, S or NR.
  • L4 in formula (4) is preferably CHR.
  • the preferred embodiments of R in formula (4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R in formula (3).
  • R 5 in formula (4) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • r is preferably an integer of 3 to 5, more preferably 3 or 4, and particularly preferably 3, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
  • Y1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-26 to Y-29, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-27 to Y-29.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group. From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
  • the aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryloxy group is preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the group represented by R 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
  • n is preferably 0 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1):
  • Z1 represents any one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group;
  • X represents a group having three or more condensed rings;
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group;
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
  • Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
  • R 1 represents an al
  • --Z1-- Z1 in formula (1) represents any one of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group.
  • Z1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and an arylthio group, more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, still more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the group represented by Z 1 may further have a substituent.
  • substituents described above examples include the substituents described above.
  • An embodiment of the substituent includes an alkylene group, O, S, NR, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxy group, a sulfonyl group, and the like, and the substituent may be bonded to X in formula (1) via any of these.
  • Z1 in formula (1) Preferred specific examples of Z1 in formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited thereto:
  • * indicates the bonding position to the carbon atom of X.
  • Z1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Z-1 to Z-10, Z-17 to Z-18, Z-25, and Z-31, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Z-2, Z-5, Z-6, Z-17, Z-25, and Z-31.
  • X-- X in formula (1) is a group having three or more condensed rings. The description of the group having three or more condensed rings is omitted here since it has been described above. Preferred specific examples of X in formula (1) are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto. In addition, * indicates the bonding position to a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • X is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of X-1 to X4, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of X-2 and X-3.
  • L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, and from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, it is preferably a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include an aromatic group and a heteroaromatic group.
  • the divalent organic group is preferably an arylene group.
  • the divalent organic group may further have a substituent, such as those mentioned above.
  • An embodiment of the substituent includes an alkylene group, O, S, NR, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxy group, a sulfonyl group, and the like, and the substituent may be bonded to X in formula (1) via any of these.
  • Preferred embodiments of R in NR are the same as those of R in formula (3).
  • L in formula (1) Preferred specific examples of L in formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited to these. Note that * indicates the bonding position with the carbon atom of X or the nitrogen atom of the indole skeleton.
  • L is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of L-10, L-11, and L-13, and L-13 is more preferable.
  • R 15 to R 19 in formula (1) are the same as those in formula (5), and therefore description thereof will be omitted here.
  • Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. Preferred embodiments of Y1 are the same as those of formula (6), and therefore will not be described here.
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group.
  • Preferred embodiments of R1 are the same as those of formula (6), and therefore will not be described here.
  • m is preferably 1 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
  • n is preferably 0 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
  • Preferred specific examples of the specific radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (1) include A-1 to A-199 shown in Tables 1 to 5, but needless to say, are not limited to these.
  • Z-1 to Z-31, X-1 to X-21, L-1 to L21, and Y-1 to Y-25 are the same groups as Z-1 to Z-31, X-1 to X-21, L-1 to L21, and Y-1 to Y-25 described above, respectively.
  • Ph represents a phenyl group
  • tBu represents a tert-butyl group.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2).
  • Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar2 represents a divalent organic group
  • R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the
  • Ar 1 in formula (2) represents any one of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a naphthylene group, a heteronaphthylene group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group.
  • Ar 1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a naphthylene group, a heteronaphthylene group, and an arylthio group, more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, still more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the group represented by Ar 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
  • Ar 1 in formula (2) Preferred specific examples of Ar 1 in formula (2) are shown below, but are not limited thereto:
  • * indicates the bonding position to the carbon atom of the carbonyl group.
  • Ar 1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Ar-1 to Ar-10, Ar-17 to Ar-18, Ar-25, and Ar-31, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Ar-2, Ar-5, Ar-6, Ar-17, Ar-25, and Ar-31.
  • --Ar2-- Ar2 in formula (2) is a divalent organic group.
  • Preferred embodiments of the divalent organic group are the same as those of L in formula (1), and therefore will not be described here.
  • R x and R y in CR x R y are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and further preferably an alkyl group.
  • Preferred embodiments of R in NR are the same as those of R in formula (3).
  • p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, are preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
  • Specific examples of the specific radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (2) include A-29 to A-167 and A-172 to A-195 shown in Tables 1 to 4, but needless to say, are not limited to these.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator preferably absorbs light having a wavelength of 190 nm to 450 nm, more preferably has absorption in any one of the ArF absorption region of 193 nm, the KrF absorption region of 248 nm, and the i-line absorption region of 365 nm, and further preferably has absorption in any one of the ArF absorption region of 193 nm and the KrF absorption region of 248 nm.
  • the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator at a wavelength of 248 nm or 365 nm is preferably 10,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, more preferably 30,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, even more preferably 50,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, and particularly preferably 70,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and substrate adhesion.
  • the upper limit of the gram absorption coefficient is not particularly limited, and can be 200,000 L g -1 cm -1 or less.
  • the method for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows.
  • the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably between 200 nm and 300 nm, more preferably between 220 nm and 280 nm, and even more preferably between 240 nm and 260 nm, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
  • the method for measuring the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows. An absorption spectrum is obtained in 1 nm increments in the range of 190 nm to 800 nm using the same method as for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator. The value of the absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance is read.
  • the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 400 nm or less, more preferably 380 nm or less.
  • the lower limit of the absorption edge is not particularly limited, and can be 100 nm or more.
  • the method for measuring the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows. An absorption spectrum is obtained in 1 nm increments in the 190 nm to 800 nm region by the same method as for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator. The shortest wavelength at which the gram absorption coefficient is 100 or less at the long wave end is read.
  • the molecular weight of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 1500, more preferably less than 1200, even more preferably less than 1000, and particularly preferably less than 800.
  • the molecular weight of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and even more preferably 400 or more.
  • the melting point of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 300° C., more preferably less than 250° C., even more preferably less than 200° C., and particularly preferably less than 150° C.
  • the lower limit of the melting point is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of handling, it is preferably 30° C. or higher, and more preferably 70° C. or higher.
  • “melting point” is a value measured using a melting point measuring apparatus. As a melting point measuring device, for example, "MP80" (manufactured by Mettler Toledo) is used. The melting point is measured by heating 5 mg of a sample from 20° C. to 300° C. at a constant temperature increase rate (5° C./min), and reading the temperature at the minimum value of the melting point peak.
  • the solubility of the specific radical polymerization initiator in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 5 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 10 mass % or more.
  • the solubility of the specific radical polymerization initiator in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate means the amount of the specific radical polymerization initiator dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25°C.
  • the HPLC purity of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 98% or more, and more preferably 99% or more.
  • the HPLC purity of the specific radical polymerization initiator is measured using a high performance liquid chromatography device under the following conditions.
  • the proportion of carboxyl groups contained in the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 1 mass % or less, more preferably 0.1 mass % or less, and even more preferably 0.01 mass % or less, and particularly preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator.
  • the proportion of carboxyl groups contained in the specific radical polymerization initiator is measured by gas chromatography.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one specific radical polymerization initiator alone or two or more specific radical polymerization initiators.
  • the total amount of the specific radical polymerization initiators is preferably within the following range.
  • the content of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the content of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator preferably has no absorption at wavelengths of 450 nm or more, more preferably has no absorption at wavelengths of 420 nm or more, and particularly preferably has no absorption in the wavelength range longer than 400 nm.
  • "having no absorption” means that the gram absorption coefficient at that wavelength is 100 L ⁇ g -1 ⁇ cm -1 or less.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably white to light yellow. The above colors are preferable because they have little effect on the spectrum of the color filter.
  • the method for producing the specific radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and the specific radical polymerization initiator may be produced by a known method or may be produced with reference to a known method.
  • the above-mentioned production method includes, for example, the following method.
  • a compound having a group in which three or more rings are condensed is reacted with a Lewis acid (e.g., aluminum chloride) via the Friedel-Crafts reaction to carry out acylation, and further acylation with an acid chloride having a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom.
  • the intermediate (I) is obtained by a nucleophilic aromatic reaction with an indole compound having a carbonyl group. Hydroxylamine is added to the carbonyl group of intermediate (I) to form an oxime, which is then finally protected as an ester to give an oxime ester compound.
  • the oxime-forming reaction by addition of hydroxylamine to a ketone can be suitably carried out preferably in the temperature range of -20°C to 120°C, more preferably -10°C to 80°C, and even more preferably 0°C to 50°C.
  • the solvent that can be used is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that is miscible with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. Examples of the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, 4-(N-N-dimethyl)aminopyridine, aniline, 4-methylaniline, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol.
  • a base to neutralize hydroxylamine hydrochloride.
  • the base include, but are not limited to, sodium acetate, lithium acetate, cesium acetate, sodium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, triethylamine, pyridine, and aniline.
  • the carbonyl group to be oximed may not be only one.
  • a dioxime in which two carbonyl groups are oximed, or a trioxime in which three carbonyl groups are oximed may be present.
  • These dioximes and trioximes are turned into dioxime esters or trioxime esters through an esterification step.
  • the esterification may be such that not only two hydroxyl groups of a dioxime are esterified, but also one of the hydroxyl groups of a dioxime is esterified, not only three hydroxyl groups of a trioxime are esterified, but also one of the hydroxyl groups of a trioxime is esterified, or any two hydroxyl groups of a trioxime are esterified.
  • the total amount is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.001% by mass to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure. By keeping the total amount within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained. Examples of dioximes and trioximes are given below.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator (monoxime ester initiator) of the present disclosure may contain an oxime body as a precursor, and a ketone body (intermediate (I)) prior to oximation.
  • the content of each of the oxime body and the ketone body (intermediate (I)) in the specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.001% by mass to 8% by mass, even more preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, and most preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass. By keeping the content within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is an oxime compound, and may have stereoisomers of E and Z.
  • the oxime compound may be either E or Z unless otherwise specified.
  • the oxime compound may also be in a mixed form of E and Z.
  • the mass ratio [E:Z] of E and Z isomers is preferably 99.9:0.1 to 80:20 or 20:80 to 0.1:99.9, and more preferably 99.9:0.1 to 90:10 or 10:90 to 0.1:99.9. By keeping the ratio within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained.
  • Another production method is to oxime the ⁇ -position of the carbonyl group of intermediate (I) using isoamyl nitrite under acid or base conditions, and then finally protect the ester. This makes it possible to produce a specific radical polymerization initiator having a ketoxime ester group.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may include an organic acid.
  • An example of the organic acid is R 1 COOH.
  • R 1 is as described above.
  • R 1 COOH may be one that is generated and remains during the synthesis of the specific radical polymerization initiator, or may be one that is generated by hydrolysis of the specific radical polymerization initiator.
  • the upper limit of the organic acid content relative to the total mass of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the organic acid content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the specific radical polymerization initiator may contain impurities such as organic acids, metals, moisture, organic solvents, and halogen ions.
  • the organic acid is as described above.
  • the upper limit of the content of the organic acid relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the organic acid is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • metals examples include Al, Ca, Cu, Cr, Mg, Fe, Mn, Ni, Co, Cd, Li, Pb, Na, K, Zn, P, Ag, Ti, Sn, and Si.
  • the upper limit of the metal content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the metal content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the above content is the content of one type of metal, and when the specific radical polymerization initiator contains two or more types of metals, the above content may be used for each of them.
  • the upper limit of the moisture content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the moisture content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the organic solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, hexane, heptane, acetonitrile, N-N-dimethylformamide, N-N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether, dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, triethylamine, pyridine, diisopropylamine, acetic acid, etc.
  • the upper limit of the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the content of the organic solvent is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • Halogen ions include F ⁇ , Cl ⁇ , Br ⁇ , and I ⁇ .
  • the upper limit of the halogen ion content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less.
  • the lower limit of the halogen ion content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
  • the counter cation of the halogen ion is not particularly limited.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a radical polymerization initiator other than the specific radical polymerization initiator.
  • Other radical polymerization initiators include oxime compounds, ⁇ -aminoacetophenone compounds, ⁇ -hydroxyketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, and the like. Of these, oxime compounds are preferred.
  • Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0142 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485, the polymers described in JP 2020-172619 A, the compounds represented by formula (1) described in WO 2020/152120, and the oxime ester compounds described in WO 2021/023144.
  • a specific example of the oxime compound is TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronley Corporation).
  • radical polymerization initiators include fluorenyl amino ketone photoinitiators described in JP-T-2020-507664, photopolymerization initiators represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-173858, photopolymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP-A-2021-173858, photopolymerization initiators represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-170089, photopolymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP-A-2021-170089, compounds described in JP-A-2021-181406, and photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2022-013379.
  • Initiator compound represented by formula (1) described in JP-A-2022-015747, fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiator described in JP-T-2021-507058, initiator described in China Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, initiator described in JP-T-2022-518535, initiator described in WO 2021/175855, compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compound described in JP-A-2022-078550, compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, and the like can also be used.
  • the oxime compound the compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used as the oxime compound.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) can be used.
  • an oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • Examples of the oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, compounds described in JP-T-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No.
  • oxime compound examples include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like.
  • Irgacure OXE01 Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronley), and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052).
  • the oxime compound a compound that is not colored or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor.
  • ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 are commercially available products.
  • ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 are commercially available products.
  • a fluorenyl amino ketone photoinitiator described in JP-A-2020-507664 can also be used.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081 A, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444.
  • an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring can also be used.
  • Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in WO 2013/083505.
  • an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in JP-A-2013-164471.
  • an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used as the oxime compound. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer.
  • Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 A, and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used.
  • Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
  • an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used.
  • photopolymerization initiators include the compounds described in WO 2019/088055.
  • an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used.
  • the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group.
  • the benzoyl group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group, and further preferably an alkoxy group, an alkyl
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure also preferably contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula:
  • R 1 and R 2 each independently represent R 111 , OR 111 , COR 111 , SR 111 , CONR 112 R 113 or CN.
  • R 111 , R 112 and R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; the hydrogen atoms of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 and R 113 can further be R 121 , OR 121 , COR 121 , SR 121 , NR 122 R 123 , CONR 122 R 123 , -NR 122 -OR 123 , -NCOR 122 -OCOR 123 , NR 122 COR 121 , OCOR 121 , COOR 121 , SCOR 121 , OCSR 121 ,
  • R 121 , R 122 and R 123 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the hydrogen atom of the group represented by R 121 , R 122 and R 123 may be further substituted with a nitro group, CN, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group.
  • the alkylene portions of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 121 , R 122 and R 123 may be interrupted 1 to 5 times by -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NR -, -NR CO-, -NR COO- , -OCONR -, -SCO- , -COS-, -OCS- or -CSO-, provided that the oxygen atoms are not adjacent.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl moieties of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 121 , R 122 , R 123 and R 124 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
  • R3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl portion of the group represented by R3 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
  • R3 and R7 , R3 and R8 , R4 and R5 , R5 and R6 , and R6 and R7 may each be joined together to form a ring.
  • the hydrogen atoms in the group represented by R3 may be further substituted by R121 , OR121 , COR121 , SR121 , NR122R123 , CONR122R123 , -NR122 - OR123 , -NCOR122 - OCOR123 , NR122COR121 , OCOR121 , COOR121 , SCOR121 , OCSR121 , COSR121 , CSOR121 , a hydroxyl group , a nitro group, CN, a halogen atom, or COOR121 .
  • R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 each independently represent R 111 , OR 111 , SR 111 , COR 114 , CONR 115 R 116 , NR 112 COR 111 , OCOR 111 , COOR 114 , SCOR 111 , OCSR 111 , COSR 114 , CSOR 111 , a hydroxyl group, CN or a halogen atom, and R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 6 and R 7 may each be joined together to form a ring.
  • R 114 , R 115 and R 116 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl portion of the group represented by R 114 , R 115 and R 116 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
  • R8 represents R111 , OR111 , SR111, COR111 , CONR112R113 , NR112COR111 , OCOR111 , COOR111 , SCOR111 , OCSR111 , COSR111 , CSOR111 , a hydroxyl group, CN or a halogen atom.
  • n represents 0 or 1.
  • oxime compounds OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
  • the mass ratio when used in combination with other radical polymerization initiators is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression, the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 10 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, even more preferably 80 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mass% or more, based on the total mass of the polymerization initiator.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically curable compound.
  • the radically curable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • resin-type radically curable compounds include resins containing repeating units with radically polymerizable groups.
  • the weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the molecular weight of the monomer-type radically curable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, and more preferably 1,500 or less.
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound.
  • Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.
  • UA-7200 manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • DPHA-40H manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.
  • UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • Light Acrylate POB-A0 manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the radical curable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
  • the radical curable compound may be used alone or in combination with two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount of the radical curable compounds is in the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a colorant.
  • the colorant include a chromatic colorant and a black colorant.
  • the chromatic colorant include a colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm.
  • the chromatic colorant include a green colorant, a red colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, a blue colorant, and an orange colorant.
  • the colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
  • the colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a quinacridone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, and a dioxazine pigment, and more preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, and an isoindoline pigment.
  • a black pigment can be used, which may include one or more pigments selected from carbon black, titanium atoms, and zirconium atoms.
  • the average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less.
  • the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment.
  • the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment.
  • the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.
  • the crystallite size of the pigment determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuK ⁇ radiation as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
  • Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds.
  • the green colorant is preferably a pigment.
  • Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66.
  • Green colorants may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A.
  • the green colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, or 63, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, or 59.
  • red colorant examples include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds, and more preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds.
  • the red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I.
  • Red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297.
  • the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant.
  • a red colorant Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.
  • the red colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272, or 291, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, or 272.
  • yellow colorant examples include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a pteridine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, or a perylene pigment, and more preferably an azo pigment or an azomethine pigment.
  • Specific examples of the yellow colorant include C.I.
  • the yellow colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, or 185.
  • Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
  • purple colorants examples include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
  • blue colorants examples include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88.
  • Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
  • Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants.
  • the dyes there are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
  • a dye polymer can also be used as the chromatic colorant.
  • the dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use.
  • the dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent.
  • a dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485.
  • As the dye polymer a compound described in WO 2022/085485, paragraph 0048 can also be used.
  • Chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-T-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in JP-A-2020-160279, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, and compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730. Compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No.
  • 10-2020-0069070 compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, Korean Patent Publication No.
  • the chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
  • Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form a black color.
  • the black colorant is not particularly limited, and any known black colorant can be used.
  • examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, zirconium oxynitride, graphite, etc., with carbon black, titanium black, or zirconium oxynitride being preferred, and titanium black or zirconium oxynitride being more preferred.
  • Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferred. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing aggregation, etc.
  • the surface of titanium black can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide.
  • Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Black 1, 7 can also be used as a black colorant. It is preferable that both the primary particle size and the average primary particle size of the individual particles of titanium black are small. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, and in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, can be mentioned.
  • JP 2012-169556 A For the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP 2012-169556 A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein.
  • Examples of commercially available titanium black products include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, and 13M-T (product names: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack D (product name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like.
  • organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred.
  • Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include those described in JP-T-2010-534726, JP-T-2012-515233, JP-T-2012-515234, WO 2014/208348, and JP-T-2015-525260, and are available, for example, as "Irgaphor Black” manufactured by BASF.
  • Examples of perylene compounds include C.I. Pigment Black 31 and 32.
  • Examples of azomethine compounds include those described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available, for example, as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Chemicals Co., Ltd.
  • perylene black such as Lumogen Black FK4280
  • Paliogen Black S0084 described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP2017-226821A may be used as the organic black colorant.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one colorant alone or two or more colorants.
  • the total amount of the colorants is preferably within the following range.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can contain a resin.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can use a resin as the radical curable compound. It is preferable to use a radical curable compound that contains at least a resin.
  • the resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the curable composition or for use as a binder.
  • a resin that is mainly used to disperse pigments and the like in the curable composition is also called a dispersant.
  • a resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically curable compound.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure more preferably further contains a resin other than the radically curable compound.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less.
  • the lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
  • the resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, and polyurea resins.
  • One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used.
  • norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance.
  • Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (e.g., ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation.
  • examples of the resin include the resins described in the examples of WO 2016/088645, the resins described in JP 2017-057265 A, the resins described in JP 2017-032685 A, the resins described in JP 2017-075248 A, the resins described in JP 2017-066240 A, the resins described in JP 2017-167513 A, the resins described in JP 2017-173787 A, and the resins described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689 A.
  • resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin.
  • a resin having an acid group examples include a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. These acid groups may be of only one type, or of two or more types.
  • the resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin.
  • the acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g.
  • the lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
  • the resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group.
  • a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
  • a resin having at least one repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit Ep) selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2) can be used (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep).
  • the above resin Ep may contain only one of the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2), or may contain both the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2).
  • the ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) to the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2) is preferably 5:95 to 95:5 in molar ratio, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and even more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
  • L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R 1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group.
  • the content of the repeating unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 100 mol% of all repeating units in the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the resin Ep may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit Ep.
  • the other repeating units include a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group, with a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxyl group being preferred, and a carboxyl group being more preferred.
  • ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all repeating units of the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 8 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of all repeating units of the resin Ep.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the resin Ep preferably further contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and is preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin having a cyclic ether group.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include repeating units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
  • the resin it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
  • R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3.
  • n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol.
  • Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
  • resin Ac a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group
  • the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxyl group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • an aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring.
  • the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
  • the resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
  • Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 2 represents a divalent linking group
  • Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group
  • L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--
  • L 12 represents a trivalent linking group
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, etc.
  • examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
  • the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13).
  • n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
  • n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
  • n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
  • Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L1 .
  • L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-.
  • L 2a may be an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; a group combining at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S-, and is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
  • the aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • L 11 represents —COO— or CONH—, and preferably represents —COO—.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these.
  • the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group.
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
  • L 12b represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like.
  • a hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.
  • L 12c represents a trivalent linking group
  • X 1 represents S
  • *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2)
  • *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2).
  • the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.
  • P 10 represents a polymer chain.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units, and polyol repeating units.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less.
  • the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good.
  • the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
  • the polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group.
  • the polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant.
  • dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins).
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups.
  • the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group.
  • the acid value of the acidic dispersant is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g.
  • the basic dispersant refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups.
  • a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
  • the basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a graft polymer.
  • the graft polymer refer to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin is a graft polymer having a graft chain, the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
  • the polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain.
  • the basic nitrogen atom so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity.
  • polyimine-based dispersants please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion.
  • resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers).
  • dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units of the resin.
  • a resin having an oxetane group for example, a resin described in WO 2021/182268 or WO 2021/187257 can be used.
  • the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
  • the resin containing an oxetane group in the side chain is preferably a graft polymer. Suitable examples of the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain include those described in the Examples below.
  • the content of repeating units having an oxetane group in a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units in the resin.
  • resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
  • polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used.
  • dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.
  • Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd.
  • the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
  • the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent.
  • the solvent include organic solvents.
  • the type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied.
  • the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents.
  • ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used.
  • organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ...
  • Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol.
  • diacetone alcohol also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone
  • 2-methoxypropyl acetate 2-methoxy-1-propanol,
  • the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
  • an organic solvent with a low metal content it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content.
  • the metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
  • Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter.
  • the filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures).
  • the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
  • the peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
  • the content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances.
  • substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less.
  • environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene.
  • distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative.
  • the pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid.
  • examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
  • Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye ske
  • Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof.
  • Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion.
  • Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 .
  • Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 .
  • Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 .
  • R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
  • Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups.
  • Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
  • the pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative).
  • the maximum molar absorption coefficient ( ⁇ max) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol -1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol -1 cm -1 or less.
  • the lower limit of ⁇ max is, for example, 1 L mol -1 cm- 1 or more, and may be 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more.
  • pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
  • the content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant.
  • the total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may also contain a polyalkyleneimine.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments.
  • the dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine, and is a polymer having at least a secondary amino group.
  • the polyalkyleneimine may contain a primary amino group or a tertiary amino group in addition to the secondary amino group.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less.
  • the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula.
  • the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used.
  • the value of the number average molecular weight in polystyrene equivalent value measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
  • the amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
  • alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred.
  • the polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine.
  • the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups.
  • Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less.
  • the content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator.
  • the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound.
  • Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3 mass % to 8.9 mass %, and more preferably 0.8 mass % to 6.4 mass %.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent.
  • an infrared transmission filter is formed using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by adding an infrared absorbing agent to the curable composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm.
  • the infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm.
  • the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
  • Examples of the infrared absorber include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal borides.
  • the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A, and the compounds described in WO 2022/059619 A can also be used.
  • the content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber.
  • ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485.
  • the ultraviolet absorber the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2022-007884, the compound described in KR1020220014454A, and the like can also be used.
  • the content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor.
  • the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.).
  • p-methoxyphenol is preferred.
  • the content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass.
  • the polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent.
  • the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups.
  • the hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group.
  • Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred.
  • Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A 2019-183020.
  • the content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
  • the silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used.
  • the surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant.
  • the fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the curable composition.
  • fluorosurfactants compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485, fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 A, etc. can also be used.
  • nonionic surfactant the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
  • Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.).
  • Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
  • the content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant.
  • the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds.
  • the phenolic compound any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used.
  • a preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound.
  • a compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred.
  • a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule.
  • a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant.
  • phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite.
  • antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
  • the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371.
  • the content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably further contains a chain transfer agent.
  • the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound (hereinafter also referred to as a "thiol-based chain transfer agent"), a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer.
  • Thiol-based chain transfer agents are preferred because they make it easy to adjust the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount.
  • a thiol-based chain transfer agent can further improve sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, reduce the amount of radical polymerization initiator used, and suppress the generation of residues in the cured product of the curable composition of the present disclosure.
  • the chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having one or more thiol groups, and is preferably a compound having two or more thiol groups.
  • the upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less.
  • the lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having four thiol groups.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has a substituent, and more preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has an alkyl group as a substituent.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
  • the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SH-1).
  • L 1 -(SH) n formula (SH-1) In the formula, SH represents a thiol group, L1 represents an n-valent group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • examples of the n-valent group represented by L 1 include a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, or a group consisting of a combination thereof.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or noncyclic.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent.
  • the cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring.
  • the heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
  • the heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting L1 is preferably 3 to 100, and more preferably 6 to 50.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less.
  • the lower limit of n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. It is particularly preferable that n is 4.
  • thiol chain transfer agents include compounds with the following structure.
  • Commercially available thiol chain transfer agents include PEMP (manufactured by SC Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Suncerer M (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Karenz MT BD1 (manufactured by Showa Denko K.K.).
  • Z 1 to Z 11 each independently represent a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituents represented by Z 1 to Z 11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -SR Z1 , -NR Z1 R Z2 , -NR Z1 -NR Z2 R Z3 , -COOR Z1 , -OCOR Z1 , -CONR Z1 R Z2 , -P( ⁇ O)(OR Z1 ) 2 or -O-P( ⁇ O)R Z1 R Z2 (wherein R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are each independently an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), etc.
  • one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a cyano group, a carboxyl group, etc.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 4 condensed rings.
  • the number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring.
  • the number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
  • bis(thiocarbonyl) disulfide compounds include tetraethyl thiuram disulfide, tetramethyl thiuram disulfide, bis(n-octyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-dodecyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(benzyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-heptyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n- Examples of such disulfides include bis(n-hexylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-pentylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-nony
  • dithioester compounds include 2-phenyl-2-propyl benzothioate, 4-cyano-4-(phenylthiocarbonylthio)pentanoic acid, and 2-cyano-2-propyl benzodithioate.
  • trithiocarbonate compounds include S-(2-cyano-2-propyl)-S-dodecyl trithiocarbonate, 4-cyano-4-[(dodecylsulfanyl-thiocarbonyl)sulfanyl]pentanoic acid, cyanomethyl dodecyl trithiocarbonate, and 2-(dodecylthiocarbonothiolthio)-2-methylpropionic acid.
  • dithiocarbamate compounds include cyanomethylmethyl(phenyl)carbamodithioate and cyanomethyldiphenylcarbamo-dithioate.
  • xanthate compounds include xanthogenate esters.
  • Aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer An example of the aromatic ⁇ -methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.
  • RAFT reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer
  • the molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation.
  • the upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.
  • the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.).
  • auxiliaries e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film.
  • the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 .
  • the primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm.
  • the metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver.
  • the light resistance improver may be a compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters.
  • substantially free means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the curable composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
  • the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted.
  • the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the curable composition.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts.
  • a curable composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be selected.
  • Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range.
  • the moisture content of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass.
  • the moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc.
  • the value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably 0.3 mPa ⁇ s to 50 mPa ⁇ s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa ⁇ s to 20 mPa ⁇ s at 25° C., for example.
  • the viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
  • the amount of chloride ions in the curable composition is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoints of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of equipment contamination, etc.
  • a raw material with a low chloride ion content may be used, and a method of removing chloride ions by water washing, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc. may be used.
  • a known method may be used to measure chloride ions, and examples of the method include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
  • the container for storing the curable composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used.
  • the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.
  • the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components.
  • all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the curable composition.
  • a process for dispersing the pigment when preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment.
  • mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation.
  • Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion.
  • grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill) it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency.
  • the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may preferably be the process and dispersing machine described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005” or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A.
  • a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc.
  • JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to.
  • beads used for dispersion zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used.
  • an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more may be used.
  • the composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
  • the curable composition When preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to filter the curable composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.
  • a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects.
  • the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the film according to the present disclosure is a film obtained from the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and is preferably a film obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be used for optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. In particular, it can be preferably used as a color pixel of a color filter. Examples of the color pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta pixel, a cyan pixel, and a yellow pixel, and the like.
  • the color pixel is preferably a green pixel or a blue pixel, and more preferably a green pixel.
  • the thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 20 ⁇ m.
  • the upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the method for producing a cured product according to the present disclosure and the method for producing a film according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, but preferably include a step of irradiating the curable composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm include KrF radiation (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF radiation (wavelength 193 nm).
  • the light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm is preferably an excimer laser.
  • the shape of the resulting cured product is not particularly limited, but is preferably a film.
  • the film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support.
  • the film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels).
  • Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.
  • Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, a step of exposing the curable composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.
  • the curable composition layer is formed on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
  • the support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application.
  • a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable.
  • a charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a black matrix for isolating each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate.
  • a base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface.
  • the base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the curable composition described in this specification, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in this specification.
  • the surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.
  • a known method can be used to apply the curable composition.
  • the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
  • the curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked).
  • prebaking may not be performed.
  • the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less.
  • the lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more.
  • the prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
  • the curable composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step).
  • the curable composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
  • Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line.
  • Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used.
  • Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred.
  • Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
  • Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
  • the irradiation amount is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2.
  • the oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%).
  • the exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ).
  • the oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels).
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer.
  • the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer in the exposure step are dissolved into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C.
  • the development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds.
  • the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
  • the developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred.
  • an alkaline developer being preferred.
  • the developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may be used.
  • Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing.
  • the heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C.
  • Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film.
  • the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less.
  • additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
  • optical elements The optical element according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
  • optical elements include optical filters, lenses, prisms, reflecting mirrors, diffraction gratings, etc.
  • optical filters are preferred.
  • the types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters.
  • the color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
  • the film thickness of the film disclosed herein in the optical filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose.
  • the film thickness is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 5 ⁇ m or less.
  • the lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, and even more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more.
  • the width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 ⁇ m to 10.0 ⁇ m.
  • the lower limit is more preferably 0.4 ⁇ m or more, even more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 5.0 ⁇ m or less, even more preferably 2.0 ⁇ m or less, particularly preferably 1.0 ⁇ m or less, and most preferably 0.8 ⁇ m or less.
  • the Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
  • Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness.
  • the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example.
  • the surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco.
  • the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.).
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is high.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 ⁇ cm or more, more preferably 10 11 ⁇ cm or more.
  • the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 ⁇ cm or less, for example.
  • the volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
  • a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure.
  • various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted.
  • the thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive.
  • the components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4.
  • the protective layer in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
  • the protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary.
  • organic or inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate.
  • Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths.
  • the content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
  • the protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
  • the optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
  • An image sensor according to the present disclosure comprises a membrane according to the present disclosure.
  • the image sensor include a solid-state imaging element, an X-ray imaging element, an organic thin-film imaging element, etc.
  • the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging element.
  • the solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure.
  • the configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
  • the configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.
  • the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc., the same below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
  • the color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned, for example, in a lattice shape, by partitions.
  • the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel.
  • imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A.
  • an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance.
  • An imaging device equipped with a solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
  • the image display device includes the film according to the present disclosure.
  • Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device.
  • the definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in “Electronic Display Devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990)” and “Display Devices (by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989)".
  • the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in “Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994)".
  • There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure can be applied and the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
  • the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (2).
  • the radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator that generates radicals when exposed to light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
  • Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group
  • Ar2 represents a divalent organic group
  • R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group
  • R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group
  • R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the
  • radical polymerization initiators A-1 to A-199 used in the examples are the same compounds as the radical polymerization initiators A-1 to A-199 described above as specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
  • radical polymerization initiator A-30 In the same manner as in the synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-1, an oxime reaction of intermediate A-30b was carried out to obtain radical polymerization initiator A-30.
  • Radical polymerization initiator A-78 was synthesized in the same manner as radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzothiophene and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
  • Radical polymerization initiator A-92 was synthesized in the same manner as radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzofuran and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
  • the radical polymerization initiator A-196 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with 9,9-diethyl-2-nitro-9H-fluorene and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
  • Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
  • PY129 C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY139 C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PY185 C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
  • PV23 C.I. Pigment Violet 23 [dioxazine compound, purple pigment (V pigment)]
  • PB16 C.I. Pigment Blue 16 [metal-free phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment (B pigment)]
  • Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
  • IR dye a compound having the following structure (near infrared absorbing pigment, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group).
  • TiBk Titanium black [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
  • Zr oxynitride Zirconium oxynitride [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
  • P-1 30% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of a resin having the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 20,000.
  • P-2 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 28,000.
  • P-3 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio
  • the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 21,000.
  • P-4 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the numbers added to the side chains are the number of repeating units. Mw: 11,400.
  • P-5 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure.
  • the numbers added to the side chains are the number of repeating units.
  • Mw 10,000.
  • Thiol chain transfer agent F-1 The following compound
  • Thiol chain transfer agent F-2 The following compound
  • Chain transfer agent F-3 The following compound, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
  • Surfactant 1 1% by mass solution of KF-6001 (polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) in PGMEA.
  • Ba-2 Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Weight average molecular weight 15,000)
  • D-1 KAYARAD DPHA (a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
  • D-2 NK Ester A-DPH-12E (ethylene oxide (EO) modified hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • D-3 NK Ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • D-4 Aronix M-510 (a tri- to tetra-functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
  • D-5 Light Acrylate DCP-A (bifunctional alicyclic acrylate compound, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
  • the exposed coating film was subjected to shower development using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) as a developer at 23° C. for 60 seconds, followed by rinsing with pure water by spin shower and post-baking at 230° C. for 2 minutes to form a pattern.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the exposure dose was changed in increments of 10 mJ/ cm2 up to 200 mJ/ cm2 , and the exposure dose capable of forming a pattern with a line width of 0.7 ⁇ m was examined, and the sensitivity was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
  • the results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
  • B The exposure amount was more than 60 mJ/ cm2 and 100 mJ/ cm2 or less.
  • C The exposure amount was more than 100 mJ/ cm2 and 150 mJ/ cm2 or less.
  • D The exposure amount was more than 150 mJ/ cm2 and 200 mJ/ cm2 or less.
  • E 200 mJ/ cm2 or more.
  • a pattern was formed in the same manner as in the sensitivity evaluation, except that the exposure dose was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the obtained patterns were observed at a magnification of 20,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800H, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation).
  • the number of peeled patterns out of the total number of patterns (1071 pieces x 1071 pieces) formed in a partial area of the observed image was counted, and the adhesion was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
  • B The number of peeled patterns was more than 10 and 20 or less.
  • C The number of peeled patterns was more than 20 and 50 or less.
  • D The number of peeled patterns was more than 50 and 200 or less.
  • E The number of peeled patterns was more than 200.
  • a pattern was formed in the same manner as in the sensitivity evaluation, except that the exposure dose was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
  • the thickness of the coating film after pre-baking and after post-baking was measured, and the film thickness change suppression ability was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria.
  • the results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
  • B The coating film change rate was more than 1% and 5% or less.
  • C The coating film change rate was more than 5% and 10% or less.
  • D The coating film change rate was more than 10% and 20% or less.
  • the curable compositions of the Examples were superior in sensitivity generated from the obtained cured products and adhesion to substrates to the curable compositions of the Comparative Examples. Furthermore, as shown in Tables 13 to 17 above, the curable compositions of the examples are also excellent in suppressing the generation of residues and suppressing changes in film thickness.
  • the curable compositions of the examples can be irradiated with KrF rays instead of i rays to obtain the same effect.
  • the conditions for KrF ray irradiation can be, for example, exposure light: KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), exposure dose: 10 mJ/cm 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 , maximum instantaneous illuminance: 250,000,000 W/m 2 (average illuminance: 30,000 W/m 2 ), pulse width: 30 nanoseconds, and frequency: 4 kHz.
  • the coating (cured) thickness in each of Examples 1 to 200 was changed to 0.2 ⁇ m and 2.0 ⁇ m, but the evaluation was performed in the same manner. The same evaluation results as those described above were obtained.
  • Example 301 Fabrication of solid-state imaging device
  • the curable composition of Example 1 was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.4 ⁇ m. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), it was exposed through a mask of a 1.0 ⁇ m square dot pattern at 1,000 mJ / cm 2. Then, using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds.
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • the curable composition of Example 1 green
  • the curable composition of Example 11 blue
  • the Bayer pattern is a repeated 2 ⁇ 2 array of color filter elements having one red element, two green elements, and one blue element, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,971,065.
  • the obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state imaging device according to a known method. It was confirmed that the solid-state imaging device had excellent adhesion in the cured film and favorable image recognition ability, regardless of which curable composition prepared in the Examples was used.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Electromagnetism (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are: a curable composition comprising a radical polymerization initiator that has a group having an indole backbone, a group formed by condensing at least three rings different from the indole backbone and a (ket)oxime ester group and a radical curable compound, in which the group formed by condensing at least three rings and the (ket)oxime ester group are bound to the group having the indole backbone; a method for producing a cured article; a film; an optical element; an image sensor; a solid-state imaging element; an image display device; and a radical polymerization initiator.

Description

硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤CURABLE COMPOSITION, PROCESS FOR PRODUCING CURED PRODUCT, FILM, OPTICAL ELEMENT, IMAGE SENSOR, SOLID-STATE IMAGING DEVICE, IMAGE DISPLAY DEVICE, AND RADICAL POLYMERIZATION INITIATOR
 本開示は、硬化性組成物、硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子、画像表示装置、及び、ラジカル重合開始剤に関する。 The present disclosure relates to a curable composition, a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, an image display device, and a radical polymerization initiator.
 カラーフィルタなどの光学フィルタは、着色剤と、光重合開始剤と、硬化性化合物とを含む硬化性組成物を用いて製造することが行われている。
 従来の硬化性組成物としては、特許文献1に記載された組成物が知られている。
 特許文献1には、インドール骨格を有する光重合開始剤を含む組成物が記載されている。
2. Description of the Related Art Optical filters such as color filters are produced using a curable composition that contains a colorant, a photopolymerization initiator, and a curable compound.
As a conventional curable composition, the composition described in Patent Document 1 is known.
Patent Document 1 describes a composition containing a photopolymerization initiator having an indole skeleton.
  特許文献1:国際公開第2015/152153号 Patent document 1: International Publication No. 2015/152153
 本開示に係る実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、感度及び基材密着性に優れる硬化性組成物を提供することである。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、上記硬化性組成物を用いた硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子又は画像表示装置を提供することである。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態が解決しようとする課題は、新規なラジカル重合開始剤を提供することである。
An object of the present disclosure is to provide a curable composition that is excellent in sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
Another problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, or an image display device using the curable composition.
Furthermore, a problem to be solved by another embodiment of the present disclosure is to provide a novel radical polymerization initiator.
 上記課題を解決するための手段には、以下の態様が含まれる。
 <1> インドール骨格を有する基、上記インドール骨格とは異なる3環以上が縮環した基、及び(ケト)オキシムエステル基を有するラジカル重合開始剤と、
 ラジカル硬化性化合物と、
を含み、
 上記3環以上が縮環した基及び上記(ケト)オキシムエステル基が、上記インドール骨格を有する基に結合する、硬化性組成物。
 <2> 上記ラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式(1)で表される化合物である、上記<1>に記載の硬化性組成物。
Means for solving the above problems include the following aspects.
<1> A radical polymerization initiator having a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group;
A radical curable compound;
Including,
A curable composition, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
<2> The curable composition according to <1> above, wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (1):
 式(1)中、
 Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、アシル基のいずれかを表し、
 Xは3環以上が縮環した基を表し、
 Lは単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。
 <3> 上記ラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式(2)で表される化合物である、上記<1>又は<2>に記載の硬化性組成物。
In formula (1),
Z1 represents any one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group;
X represents a group having three or more condensed rings;
L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1.
<3> The curable composition according to <1> or <2> above, wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (2):
 式(2)中、
 Arはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Arは2価の有機基を表し、
 X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR又はC=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
 p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
 <4> 上記Yが、下記式(3)で表される基である、上記<2>又は<3>に記載の硬化性組成物。
In formula (2),
Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR, CRxRy , or C=O, and R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
<4> The curable composition according to the above <2> or <3>, wherein Y 1 is a group represented by the following formula (3):
 式(3)中、
 Rはアルキル基を表し、ただし、LがCHRである場合、Rは水素原子であってもよく、
 Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基を表し、
 L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 R、R、R及びRのうちの2つ以上は互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよく、
 Zは単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、
 *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
 <5> 上記Yが、下記式(4)で表される基である、上記<2>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
In formula (3),
R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom;
R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
R4 represents an alkyl group;
L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Two or more of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure;
Z2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms;
* indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
<5> The curable composition according to any one of <2> to <4>, wherein Y 1 is a group represented by the following formula (4):
 式(4)中、
 L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、L及びLのうちの少なくとも1つはCHRであり、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 rは1~6の整数を表し、
 *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
 <6> 上記Arが、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基である、上記<3>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <7> 上記Arが、アリーレン基である、上記<3>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <8> 上記mが、1である、上記<2>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <9> 着色剤を更に含む、上記<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <10> チオール系連鎖移動剤を更に含む、上記<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物。
 <11> 上記<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー光を照射する工程を含む、
 硬化物の製造方法。
 <12> 上記<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。
 <13> 上記<12>に記載の膜を含む光学素子。
 <14> 上記<12>に記載の膜を含むイメージセンサ。
 <15> 上記<12>に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。
 <16> 上記<12>に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。
 <17> 下記式(2)で表される、ラジカル重合開始剤。
In formula (4),
L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, in which R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Each R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
r represents an integer from 1 to 6;
* indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
<6> The curable composition according to any one of the above <3> to <5>, wherein Ar 1 is an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
<7> The curable composition according to any one of the above <3> to <6>, wherein Ar 2 is an arylene group.
<8> The curable composition according to any one of <2> to <7>, wherein the m is 1.
<9> The curable composition according to any one of the above <1> to <8>, further comprising a colorant.
<10> The curable composition according to any one of <1> to <9> above, further comprising a thiol-based chain transfer agent.
<11> A method for producing a curable composition according to any one of <1> to <10> above, comprising the step of irradiating the curable composition with an excimer laser beam having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
A method for producing a cured product.
<12> A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to any one of <1> to <10> above.
<13> An optical element comprising the film according to <12> above.
<14> An image sensor comprising the film according to <12> above.
<15> A solid-state imaging device comprising the film according to <12> above.
<16> An image display device comprising the film according to <12> above.
<17> A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (2):
 式(2)中、
 Arはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Arは2価の有機基を表し、
 X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR又はC=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
 p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
In formula (2),
Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR, CRxRy , or C=O, and R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
 本開示に係る実施形態によれば、感度及び基材密着性に優れる硬化性組成物が提供される。
 また、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、上記硬化性組成物を用いた硬化物の製造方法、膜、光学素子、イメージセンサ、固体撮像素子又は画像表示装置が提供される。
 更に、本開示に係る他の実施形態によれば、新規なラジカル重合開始剤が提供される。
According to an embodiment of the present disclosure, a curable composition having excellent sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate is provided.
Further, according to other embodiments of the present disclosure, there are provided a method for producing a cured product, a film, an optical element, an image sensor, a solid-state imaging element, or an image display device using the curable composition.
Furthermore, according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, a novel radical polymerization initiator is provided.
 以下において、本開示の内容について詳細に説明する。以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本開示の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされることがあるが、本開示はそのような実施態様に限定されるものではない。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書における基(原子団)の表記において、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基(原子団)と共に置換基を有する基(原子団)をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。
 本開示において、「(ケト)オキシムエステル基」は、ケトオキシムエステル基及びオキシムエステル基の双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、光を用いた露光のみならず、電子線、イオンビーム等の粒子線を用いた描画も露光に含める。また、露光に用いられる光としては、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光)、X線、電子線等の活性光線又は放射線が挙げられる。
 本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリレート」は、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリル」は、アクリル及びメタクリルの双方、又は、いずれかを表し、「(メタ)アクリロイル」は、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの双方、又は、いずれかを表す。
 本明細書において、重量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値である。
 本明細書において、全固形分とは、組成物の全成分から溶剤を除いた成分の総質量をいう。
 本明細書において、顔料とは、溶剤に対して溶解しにくい着色剤を意味する。
 本明細書において「工程」との語は、独立した工程だけではなく、他の工程と明確に区別できない場合であってもその工程の所期の作用が達成されれば、本用語に含まれる。
 本明細書において、E体及びZ体の立体異性体が存在するオキシム化合物については、特に断りのない限り、特に明示がなくともE体及びZ体のいずれであってもよいものとする。
 以下、本開示を詳細に説明する。
The contents of the present disclosure will be described in detail below. The following description of the components may be based on a representative embodiment of the present disclosure, but the present disclosure is not limited to such an embodiment.
In this specification, the word "to" is used to mean that the numerical values before and after it are included as the lower limit and upper limit.
In the description of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, when there is no indication of whether they are substituted or unsubstituted, the term encompasses both unsubstituted groups (atomic groups) and substituted groups (atomic groups). For example, an "alkyl group" encompasses not only alkyl groups without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl groups) but also alkyl groups with a substituent (substituted alkyl groups).
In the present disclosure, the term "(keto)oxime ester group" refers to both or either of a ketoxime ester group and an oxime ester group.
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" includes not only exposure using light but also drawing using particle beams such as electron beams and ion beams. Examples of light used for exposure include the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet light represented by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet light (EUV light), X-rays, active rays or radiation such as electron beams.
In this specification, "(meth)acrylate" refers to both or either of acrylate and methacrylate, "(meth)acrylic" refers to both or either of acrylic and methacrylic, and "(meth)acryloyl" refers to both or either of acryloyl and methacryloyl.
In this specification, the weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight are values calculated in terms of polystyrene measured by GPC (gel permeation chromatography).
In this specification, the total solids content refers to the total mass of all components of the composition excluding the solvent.
In this specification, a pigment means a colorant that is poorly soluble in a solvent.
In this specification, the term "process" refers not only to an independent process, but also to a process that cannot be clearly distinguished from other processes, as long as the intended effect of the process is achieved.
In the present specification, for oxime compounds having E- and Z-stereoisomers, unless otherwise specified, either the E- or Z-isomer may be used.
The present disclosure will be described in detail below.
(硬化性組成物)
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、インドール骨格を有する基、上記インドール骨格とは異なる3環以上が縮環した基、及び(ケト)オキシムエステル基とを有するラジカル重合開始剤と、ラジカル硬化性化合物と、を含み、上記3環以上が縮環した基及び上記(ケト)オキシムエステル基が、上記インドール骨格を有する基に結合する。
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、波長150nm~300nmの光による露光用硬化性組成物として好適に用いることができ、波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー露光用硬化性組成物としてより好適に用いることができる。
(Curable Composition)
The curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises: a radical polymerization initiator having a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group; and a radical curable compound, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
In addition, the curable composition according to the present disclosure can be suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm, and can be more suitably used as a curable composition for exposure to an excimer laser having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
 本発明者が鋭意検討した結果、上記構成を採用することにより、硬化性組成物の感度及び基材への密着性が向上することを見出した。
 上記ラジカル重合開始剤がインドール骨格を有する基及び3環以上が縮環した基を有することにより、光の吸収効率が向上される。
 また、上記ラジカル重合開始剤が(ケト)オキシムエステル基を有することにより、光の吸収効率を向上させ、(ケト)オキシムエステル基からのラジカルの発生を促進する。
 これらにより、高感度であり、基材への密着性に優れる硬化性組成物が得られると推定している。
As a result of extensive investigations, the present inventors have found that the sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate of the curable composition are improved by employing the above-mentioned configuration.
When the radical polymerization initiator has a group having an indole skeleton and a group having three or more condensed rings, the light absorption efficiency is improved.
Furthermore, the radical polymerization initiator has a (keto)oxime ester group, which improves the light absorption efficiency and promotes the generation of radicals from the (keto)oxime ester group.
It is presumed that these factors enable the production of a curable composition that has high sensitivity and excellent adhesion to substrates.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。光学フィルタとしては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。すなわち、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、カラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、カラーフィルタの画素形成用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いることができる。画素の種類としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素等が挙げられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters. Examples of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and color filters are preferred. That is, the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used as a curable composition for color filters. More specifically, it can be preferably used as a curable composition for forming pixels of a color filter. Examples of types of pixels include red pixels, green pixels, blue pixels, magenta pixels, cyan pixels, and yellow pixels.
 赤外線透過フィルタとしては、波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,300nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)である分光特性を満たしているフィルタなどが好ましく挙げられる。赤外線透過フィルタは、以下の(1)~(5)のいずれかの分光特性を満たしているフィルタであることが好ましい。
 (1):波長400nm~640nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長800nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましく
は80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (2):波長400nm~750nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長900nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (3):波長400nm~830nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,000nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (4):波長400nm~950nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,100nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
 (5):波長400nm~1,050nmの範囲における透過率の最大値が20%以下(好ましくは15%以下、より好ましくは10%以下)であり、波長1,200nm~1,500nmの範囲における透過率の最小値が70%以上(好ましくは75%以上、より好ましくは80%以上)であるフィルタ。
Preferred examples of the infrared transmission filter include filters that satisfy the spectral characteristics of a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,300 nm. The infrared transmission filter is preferably a filter that satisfies any of the following spectral characteristics (1) to (5).
(1): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 640 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 800 nm to 1,500 nm.
(2): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 750 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 900 nm to 1,500 nm.
(3): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 830 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,000 nm to 1,500 nm.
(4): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 950 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,100 nm to 1,500 nm.
(5): A filter having a maximum transmittance of 20% or less (preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less) in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 1,050 nm, and a minimum transmittance of 70% or more (preferably 75% or more, more preferably 80% or more) in the wavelength range of 1,200 nm to 1,500 nm.
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、固体撮像素子用として好ましく用いられる。より詳しくは、固体撮像素子に用いられる光学フィルタ用の硬化性組成物として好ましく用いられ、固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタ用の硬化性組成物としてより好ましく用いられる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably used for solid-state imaging devices. More specifically, it is preferably used as a curable composition for optical filters used in solid-state imaging devices, and is more preferably used as a curable composition for color filters used in solid-state imaging devices.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の固形分濃度は、5質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、7.5質量%以上がより好ましく、10質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、35質量%以下がより好ましく、30質量%以下が更に好ましい。 The solids concentration of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 5% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 7.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 35% by mass or less, and even more preferably 30% by mass or less.
<ラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、インドール骨格を有する基と、上記インドール骨格とは異なる3環以上が縮環した基と、(ケト)オキシムエステル基とを有し、上記3環以上が縮環した基及び上記(ケト)オキシムエステル基が、上記インドール骨格を有する基に結合する、ラジカル重合開始剤(以下、「特定ラジカル重合開始剤」とも記す。)を含む。
 また、特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、波長150nm~300nmの光によりラジカルを発生する光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤がラジカルを発生する露光波長としては、150nm~460nmが好ましく、150nm~420nmがより好ましく、150nm~380nmが更に好ましく、150nm~300nmが特に好ましい。
<Radical Polymerization Initiator>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a radical polymerization initiator (hereinafter also referred to as a "specific radical polymerization initiator") which has a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group, wherein the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
The specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator that generates radicals when exposed to light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
The exposure wavelength at which the specific radical polymerization initiator generates radicals is preferably 150 nm to 460 nm, more preferably 150 nm to 420 nm, further preferably 150 nm to 380 nm, and particularly preferably 150 nm to 300 nm.
-インドール骨格を有する基-
 インドール骨格を有する基は、インドール構造を有する限り、特に限定されるものではない。
 一実施形態において、インドール骨格を有する基は、下記式(5)で表される基であることが好ましい。式(5)中、*は、3環以上が縮環した基と、(ケト)オキシムエステル基との結合位置を表す。なお、*は、3環以上が縮環した基及び(ケト)オキシムエステル基と2価の有機基等により結合してもよい。
- Group having an indole skeleton -
The group having an indole skeleton is not particularly limited as long as it has an indole structure.
In one embodiment, the group having an indole skeleton is preferably a group represented by the following formula (5). In formula (5), * represents the bonding position between the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group. Note that * may be bonded to the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group via a divalent organic group or the like.
 式(5)におけるR15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよい。
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等が挙げられる。アルキル基は炭素数(「炭素原子数」ともいう。)1~12のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、炭素数6~18のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基がより好ましい。アルコキシ基は炭素数1~12のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。アリールオキシ基は、炭素数6~18のアリールオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基及びアルコキシ基より選択される1つであることが好ましく、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
In formula (5), R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, and two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be linked to each other to form a ring structure, and the formed ring structure may be an aromatic ring.
Examples of halogen atoms include fluorine atoms, chlorine atoms, bromine atoms, and iodine atoms. The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms (also referred to as "number of carbon atoms"), and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms. The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
Among these, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, it is preferable that R 15 to R 19 are each independently one selected from a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a nitro group and an alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom.
-3環以上が縮環した基-
 3環以上が縮環した基は、芳香族であっても、非芳香族であってもよいが、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、芳香族であることが好ましい。
 3環以上が縮環した基は、ヘテロ原子を含有するものであっても、含有しないものであってもよい。感度及び基材密着性の観点から、3環以上が縮環した基は、ヘテロ原子を含有するものであることが好ましい。
-Group having three or more condensed rings-
The group having three or more condensed rings may be aromatic or non-aromatic, but is preferably aromatic from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
The group having three or more condensed rings may or may not contain a heteroatom. From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the group having three or more condensed rings preferably contains a heteroatom.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、3環以上が縮環した基に含まれる環数は、3個~8個であることが好ましく、3個~6個であることがより好ましく、3個又は6個であることが更に好ましく、3個であることが特に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to substrates, the number of rings contained in the group having three or more condensed rings is preferably 3 to 8, more preferably 3 to 6, even more preferably 3 or 6, and particularly preferably 3.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、3環以上が縮環した基の炭素数は、12~50であることが好ましく、12~40であることがより好ましく、12~30であることが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to substrates, the number of carbon atoms in the group having 3 or more condensed rings is preferably 12 to 50, more preferably 12 to 40, and even more preferably 12 to 30.
 3環以上が縮環した基としては、アントラセン、ピレン、フルオレノン、フルオレン、アクリジン、ジヒドロアクリジン、アクリドン、カルバゾール、ジベンゾチオフェン、ジベンゾフラン、キサンテン、キサントン、チオキサントン等が挙げられる。中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、カルバゾール、ジベンゾチオフェン又はジベンゾフランが好ましく、ジベンゾチオフェン又はジベンゾフランがより好ましく、ジベンゾフランが更に好ましい。 Examples of groups having three or more condensed rings include anthracene, pyrene, fluorenone, fluorene, acridine, dihydroacridine, acridone, carbazole, dibenzothiophene, dibenzofuran, xanthene, xanthone, thioxanthone, etc. Among these, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and substrate adhesion, carbazole, dibenzothiophene, or dibenzofuran is preferred, dibenzothiophene or dibenzofuran is more preferred, and dibenzofuran is even more preferred.
 3環以上が縮環した基は、置換基を有していてもよく、有していなくてもよい。
 置換基としては、特に制限はなく、炭素数0~100の置換基が好ましく挙げられ、炭素数0~50の置換基がより好ましく挙げられる。上記置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、アミノ基、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルケニル基、ヘテロ環基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、ヘテロアリール基、アシル基、ニ
トロ基、シアノ基、スルホ基、アルキルアミノカルボニル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、モルフォリノ基、アルコキシアルキル基、カルボキシル基、カルボキシアルキル基等が挙げられる。また、これらの置換基は、更に置換基を有していてもよいし、置換基同士が結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。
 中でも、3環以上が縮環した基は置換基として、アシル基を有することが好ましい。アシル基としては、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、ヘテロアリールカルボニル基等が挙げられ、アリールカルボニル基又はヘテロアリールカルボニル基が好ましい。アリールカルボニル基中のアリール基は例えば、フェニル基、1-ナフチル基、2-ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基、メシチル基、2-メトキシフェニル基、2-ブロモフェニル基等が挙げられる。ヘテロアリールカルボニル基中のヘテロアリール基は例えば、2-フリル基、3-フリル基、2-チエニル基、3-チエニル基、2-ベンゾフリル基、3-ベンゾフリル基、2-ベンゾチエニル基、3-ベンゾチエニル基等が挙げられる。
The group having three or more condensed rings may or may not have a substituent.
The substituent is not particularly limited, and is preferably a substituent having 0 to 100 carbon atoms, more preferably a substituent having 0 to 50 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an amino group, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkenyl group, a heterocyclic group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heteroaryl group, an acyl group, a nitro group, a cyano group, a sulfo group, an alkylaminocarbonyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a morpholino group, an alkoxyalkyl group, a carboxyl group, a carboxyalkyl group, and the like. These substituents may further have a substituent, or the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
Among these, the group having three or more condensed rings preferably has an acyl group as a substituent. Examples of the acyl group include an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, a heteroarylcarbonyl group, and the like, and an arylcarbonyl group or a heteroarylcarbonyl group is preferable. Examples of the aryl group in the arylcarbonyl group include a phenyl group, a 1-naphthyl group, a 2-naphthyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a mesityl group, a 2-methoxyphenyl group, and a 2-bromophenyl group. Examples of the heteroaryl group in the heteroarylcarbonyl group include a 2-furyl group, a 3-furyl group, a 2-thienyl group, a 3-thienyl group, a 2-benzofuryl group, a 3-benzofuryl group, a 2-benzothienyl group, and a 3-benzothienyl group.
 3環以上が縮環した基の好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、炭素原子又は窒素原子との結合位置を表す。また、Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~10のアルキル基を表す。 Preferred specific examples of groups with 3 or more condensed rings are shown below, but are not limited to these. Note that * indicates the bonding position to a carbon atom or nitrogen atom. Also, R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group with 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
-(ケト)オキシムエステル基-
 (ケト)オキシムエステル基は、(ケト)オキシムエステル構造を有する限り、特に限定されるものではない。
 一実施形態において、(ケト)オキシムエステル基は、下記式(6)で表される基であることが好ましい。式(6)中、2つ*のいずれかが、インドール骨格を有する基との結合位置を表す。具体的には、(ケト)オキシムエステル基がケトオキシムエステル基である場合にはカルボニル基における*がインドール骨格を有する基との結合位置を表し、(ケト)オキシムエステル基がオキシムエステル基である場合にはオキシムエステル基における*がインドール骨格を有する基との結合位置を表す。
-(keto)oxime ester group-
The (keto)oxime ester group is not particularly limited as long as it has a (keto)oxime ester structure.
In one embodiment, the (keto)oxime ester group is preferably a group represented by the following formula (6). In formula (6), either of the two * marks represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton. Specifically, when the (keto)oxime ester group is a ketoxime ester group, the * mark in the carbonyl group represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton, and when the (keto)oxime ester group is an oxime ester group, the * mark in the oxime ester group represents a bonding position with a group having an indole skeleton.
 式(6)中、Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 nは、0又は1を表す。
In formula (6), Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
n represents 0 or 1.
--Y--
 式(6)におけるYは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 アルキル基は炭素数1~30のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 アリール基は炭素数6~30のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~20のアリール基がより好ましい。
 アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、オクチル基、デシル基、ドデシル基、ステアリル基、イソプロピル基、イソアミル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロペンチルメチル基、シクロペンチルエチル基、シクロペンチルプロピル基等が挙げられる。これらのアルキルはさらにO、S、N原子、(C=O)等の組み合わせによる置換基で置換されていてもよい。これらのアルキル基はアリール基またはヘテロアリール基で置換されていてもよい。
置換されていてもよい好ましいアルキル基としてはさらに、<A群>で示される置換基を有していることも好ましい。
-A群-
 シアノ基、アルケニル基、アルキニル基、-NArAr’、-SAr、-COOH、-OH、-O-COR、-O-CO-OR、-CONRRb、-NR-CO-R、-O-CO-NR、-NR-CO-OR、-NR-CO-NR、-SO-R、-SO-R、-O-SO-R、-SO-NR、-NR-SO-R、-CO-NR-COR、-CO-NR-SO-R、-SO-NR-CO-R、-SO-NR-SO-R、-Si(R(OR、及び、ヘテロ環基
 ここで、
 Ar及びAr’はそれぞれ独立に、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、
 R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、L及びmはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表し、L+m=3を満たす。
 
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、フナチル基、アントラセニル基、ピレニル基等が挙げられる。これらのアルキルはさらにO、S、N原子、(C=O)等の組み合わせによる置換基で置換されていてもよい。
 Yにより表される基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
--Y1--
In formula (6), Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
The alkyl group is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms.
Examples of the alkyl group include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, a pentyl group, a hexyl group, a heptyl group, an octyl group, a decyl group, a dodecyl group, a stearyl group, an isopropyl group, an isoamyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a cyclopentylmethyl group, a cyclopentylethyl group, a cyclopentylpropyl group, and the like. These alkyl groups may be further substituted with a substituent consisting of a combination of O, S, N atoms, (C=O), and the like. These alkyl groups may be substituted with an aryl group or a heteroaryl group.
As the preferable optionally substituted alkyl group, it is also preferable that it has a substituent shown in <Group A>.
- Group A -
Cyano group, alkenyl group, alkynyl group, -NArAr', -SAr, -COOH, -OH, -O-COR c , -O-CO-OR c , -CONR a Rb, -NR a -CO-R b , -O-CO-NR a R b , -NR a -CO-OR b , -NR a -CO-NR a R b , -SO-R c , -SO 2 -R c , -O-SO 2 -R c , -SO 2 -NR a R b , -NR a -SO 2 -R a , -CO-NR a -COR b , -CO-NR a -SO 2 -R b , -SO 2 -NR a -CO-R b , -SO 2 -NR a -SO 2 -R c , -Si(R a ) L (OR b ) m and heterocyclic groups,
Ar and Ar′ each independently represent an aryl group or a heteroaryl group;
R a and R b each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Rc represents an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group; L and m each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and L+m=3 is satisfied.

Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, a funatyl group, an anthracenyl group, a pyrenyl group, etc. These alkyl groups may be further substituted with a substituent consisting of a combination of O, S, N atoms, (C=O), etc.
The group represented by Y 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、式(6)におけるYは下記式(3)で表される基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Y 1 in formula (6) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (3).
 式(3)中、
 Rはアルキル基を表し、ただし、LがCHRである場合、Rは水素原子であってもよく、
 Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基を表し、
 L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 R、R、R及びRのうちの2つ以上は互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよく、
 Zは単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、
 *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
In formula (3),
R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom;
R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
R4 represents an alkyl group;
L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Two or more of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure;
Z2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms;
* indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
 式(3)におけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましい。
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、R及びRは互いに結合して環構造を形成していることが好ましく、R及びRは互いに結合して脂肪族炭化水素環構造を形成していることがより好ましい。
 式(3)におけるLは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、O、S又はNRであることが好ましく、O又はNRであることがより好ましい。
 式(3)におけるLは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、CHRであることが好ましい。
 上記NRにおけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10のアルキル基であることが好ましく、メチル基又はシクロアルキル基であることがより好ましく、メチル基、シクロペンチル基又はシクロヘキシル基であることが特に好ましい。
 上記CHRにおけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(3)におけるZは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、単結合又は炭素数1~4のアルキレン基であることが好ましく、単結合、メチレン基又はエチレン基であることがより好ましく、単結合であることが特に好ましい。
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 2 in formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 3 in formula (3) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 4 in formula (3) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
In particular, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, it is preferable that R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and it is more preferable that R2 and R4 are bonded to each other to form an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring structure.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, L 1 in formula (3) is preferably O, S or NR, and more preferably O or NR.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, L2 in formula (3) is preferably CHR.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R in the above NR is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a methyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and particularly preferably a methyl group, a cyclopentyl group, or a cyclohexyl group.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R in the above CHR is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Z2 in formula (3) is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a single bond, a methylene group or an ethylene group, and particularly preferably a single bond.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、式(6)におけるYは下記式(4)で表される基であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Y 1 in formula (6) is preferably a group represented by the following formula (4).
 式(4)中、
 L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、L及びLのうちの少なくとも1つはCHRであり、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
 rは1~6の整数を表し、
 *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
In formula (4),
L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, in which R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
Each R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
r represents an integer from 1 to 6;
* indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
 式(4)におけるLは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、O、S又はNRであることが好ましい。
 式(4)におけるLは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、CHRであることが好ましい。
 式(4)におけるRの好ましい態様は、式(3)におけるRの好ましい態様と同様である。
 式(4)におけるRは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、水素原子であることが好ましい。
 式(4)におけるrは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、3~5の整数であることが好ましく、3又は4であることがより好ましく、3であることが特に好ましい。
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, L3 in formula (4) is preferably O, S or NR.
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, L4 in formula (4) is preferably CHR.
The preferred embodiments of R in formula (4) are the same as the preferred embodiments of R in formula (3).
In terms of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 5 in formula (4) is preferably a hydrogen atom.
In the formula (4), r is preferably an integer of 3 to 5, more preferably 3 or 4, and particularly preferably 3, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
 式(6)におけるYの好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、オキシム基との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of Y1 in formula (6) are shown below, but are not limited thereto: In addition, * indicates the bonding position with the oxime group.
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Yとしては、Y-26~Y-29よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、Y-27~Y-29よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることがより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Y1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-26 to Y-29, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Y-27 to Y-29.
--R--
 式(6)におけるRはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表す。
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Rは、アルキル基であることが好ましく、炭素数1~6のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基であることが更に好ましく、メチル基であることが特に好ましい。
 アリール基は炭素数6~20のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基がより好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は炭素数4~20のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、炭素数4~10のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。
 アルコキシ基は炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基がより好ましい。
 アリールオキシ基は炭素数6~20のアリールオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。
 ヘテロアリールオキシ基は炭素数4~20のヘテロアリールオキシ基が好ましく、炭素数4~10のヘテロアリールオキシ基がより好ましい。
 Rにより表される基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
--R1--
In formula (6), R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, R 1 is preferably an alkyl group, more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, even more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a methyl group.
The aryl group is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
The alkoxy group is preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
The aryloxy group is preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryloxy group is preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably a heteroaryloxy group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
The group represented by R 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
--n--
 式(6)におけるnは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、0であることが好ましい。
---n--
In the formula (6), n is preferably 0 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、下記式(1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate, the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (1):
 式(1)中、
 Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、アシル基のいずれかを表し、
 Xは3環以上が縮環した基を表し、
 Lは単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。
In formula (1),
Z1 represents any one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group;
X represents a group having three or more condensed rings;
L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1.
--Z--
 式(1)におけるZは、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、又はアシル基のいずれかを表す。
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Zは、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、及びアリールチオ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基及び炭素数6~15のヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基及び炭素数6~12のヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが特に好ましい。
 Zにより表される基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
 上記置換基の一実施形態としては、アルキレン基、O、S、NR、カルボニル基、スルホキシ基、スルホニル基等が挙げられ、これらを介して、式(1)中のXと結合してもよい。
--Z1--
Z1 in formula (1) represents any one of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Z1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and an arylthio group, more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, still more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The group represented by Z 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
An embodiment of the substituent includes an alkylene group, O, S, NR, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxy group, a sulfonyl group, and the like, and the substituent may be bonded to X in formula (1) via any of these.
 式(1)におけるZの好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、Xの炭素原子との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of Z1 in formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited thereto: In addition, * indicates the bonding position to the carbon atom of X.
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Zとしては、Z-1~Z-10、Z-17~Z-18、Z-25及びZ-31よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基が好ましく、Z-2、Z-5、Z-6、Z-17、Z-25及びZ-31よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基がより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Z1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Z-1 to Z-10, Z-17 to Z-18, Z-25, and Z-31, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Z-2, Z-5, Z-6, Z-17, Z-25, and Z-31.
--X--
 式(1)におけるXは、3環以上が縮環した基である。3環以上が縮環した基については、上記したため、記載を省略する。
 式(1)におけるXの好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、炭素原子又は窒素原子との結合位置を表す。
---X--
X in formula (1) is a group having three or more condensed rings. The description of the group having three or more condensed rings is omitted here since it has been described above.
Preferred specific examples of X in formula (1) are shown below, but the invention is not limited thereto. In addition, * indicates the bonding position to a carbon atom or a nitrogen atom.
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Xとしては、X-1~X4よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、X-2及びX-3よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることがより好ましい。 In particular, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and substrate adhesion, X is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of X-1 to X4, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of X-2 and X-3.
--L--
 式(1)におけるLは単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、感度及び基材密着性の観点からは、2価の有機基であることが好ましい。
 2価の有機基としては、芳香族基、ヘテロ芳香族基等が挙げられる。
 感度及び基材密着性の観点からは、2価の有機基はアリーレン基であることが好ましい。
 2価の有機基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
 上記置換基の一実施形態としては、アルキレン基、O、S、NR、カルボニル基、スルホキシ基、スルホニル基等が挙げられ、これらを介して、式(1)中のXと結合してもよい。
 NRにおけるRの好ましい態様は、式(3)におけるRの好ましい態様と同様である。
---L--
In formula (1), L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group, and from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, it is preferably a divalent organic group.
Examples of the divalent organic group include an aromatic group and a heteroaromatic group.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the divalent organic group is preferably an arylene group.
The divalent organic group may further have a substituent, such as those mentioned above.
An embodiment of the substituent includes an alkylene group, O, S, NR, a carbonyl group, a sulfoxy group, a sulfonyl group, and the like, and the substituent may be bonded to X in formula (1) via any of these.
Preferred embodiments of R in NR are the same as those of R in formula (3).
 式(1)におけるLの好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、Xの炭素原子又はインドール骨格の窒素原子との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of L in formula (1) are shown below, but are not limited to these. Note that * indicates the bonding position with the carbon atom of X or the nitrogen atom of the indole skeleton.
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Lとしては、L-10、L-11及びL-13よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、L-13がより好ましい。 In particular, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate, L is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of L-10, L-11, and L-13, and L-13 is more preferable.
--R15~R19--
 式(1)におけるR15~R19の好ましい態様は、式(5)の場合と同様であるため、ここでは記載を省略する。
--R15 to R19 --
Preferred embodiments of R 15 to R 19 in formula (1) are the same as those in formula (5), and therefore description thereof will be omitted here.
--Y--
 式(1)におけるYは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。
 Yの好ましい態様は、式(6)と同様であるため、ここでは記載を省略する。
--Y1--
In formula (1), Y1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
Preferred embodiments of Y1 are the same as those of formula (6), and therefore will not be described here.
--R--
 式(1)におけるRはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表す。
 Rの好ましい態様は、式(6)と同様であるため、ここでは記載を省略する。
--R1--
In formula (1), R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group.
Preferred embodiments of R1 are the same as those of formula (6), and therefore will not be described here.
--m及びn--
 式(1)におけるmは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、1であることが好ましい。
 式(1)におけるnは、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、0であることが好ましい。
--m and n--
In the formula (1), m is preferably 1 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
In the formula (1), n is preferably 0 from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
 上記式(1)で表される特定ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、表1~表5に示すA-1~A-199が好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。
 なお、Z-1~Z-31、X-1~X-21、L-1~L21及びY-1~Y-25はそれぞれ、上述したZ-1~Z-31、X-1~X-21、L-1~L21及びY-1~Y-25と同じ基である。また、表1中、Phはフェニル基、tBuはtert-ブチル基を表す。
Preferred specific examples of the specific radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (1) include A-1 to A-199 shown in Tables 1 to 5, but needless to say, are not limited to these.
In addition, Z-1 to Z-31, X-1 to X-21, L-1 to L21, and Y-1 to Y-25 are the same groups as Z-1 to Z-31, X-1 to X-21, L-1 to L21, and Y-1 to Y-25 described above, respectively. In addition, in Table 1, Ph represents a phenyl group, and tBu represents a tert-butyl group.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、下記式(2)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate, the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (2).
 式(2)中、
 Arはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Arは2価の有機基を表し、
 X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR、C=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基を表し、
 R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
 p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
 R15~R19、Y、R、m及びnの好ましい態様については、式(1)と同様であるため、ここでは記載を省略する。
In formula (2),
Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR , CRxRy , or C=O; R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
Preferred embodiments of R 15 to R 19 , Y 1 , R 1 , m and n are the same as those of formula (1), and therefore description thereof will be omitted here.
--Ar--
 式(2)におけるArは、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ナフチレン基、ヘテロナフチレン基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、又はアシル基のいずれかを表す。
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Arは、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、ナフチレン基、ヘテロナフチレン基及びアリールチオ基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが好ましく、アリール基及びヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることがより好ましく、炭素数6~15のアリール基及び炭素数6~15のヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが更に好ましく、炭素数6~12のアリール基及び炭素数6~12のヘテロアリール基よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基であることが特に好ましい。
 Arにより表される基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、上述した置換基が挙げられる。
--Ar 1 --
Ar 1 in formula (2) represents any one of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a naphthylene group, a heteronaphthylene group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Ar 1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a naphthylene group, a heteronaphthylene group, and an arylthio group, more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group and a heteroaryl group, still more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of an aryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms and a heteroaryl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The group represented by Ar 1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the substituents described above.
 式(2)におけるArの好ましい具体例を、以下に示すがこれに限定されるものではない。なお、*は、カルボニル基の炭素原子との結合位置を表す。 Preferred specific examples of Ar 1 in formula (2) are shown below, but are not limited thereto: In addition, * indicates the bonding position to the carbon atom of the carbonyl group.
 中でも、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、Arとしては、Ar-1~Ar-10、Ar-17~Ar-18、Ar-25及びAr-31よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基が好ましく、Ar-2、Ar-5、Ar-6、Ar-17、Ar-25及びAr-31よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の基がより好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, Ar 1 is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Ar-1 to Ar-10, Ar-17 to Ar-18, Ar-25, and Ar-31, and more preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of Ar-2, Ar-5, Ar-6, Ar-17, Ar-25, and Ar-31.
--Ar--
 式(2)におけるArは、2価の有機基である。2価の有機基の好ましい態様は、式(1)におけるLと同様であるため、ここでは記載を省略する。
--Ar2--
Ar2 in formula (2) is a divalent organic group. Preferred embodiments of the divalent organic group are the same as those of L in formula (1), and therefore will not be described here.
--X11及びX12--
 式(2)におけるX11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR、C=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、X11及びX12の一方が単結合であり、他方がO、S、NR又はCRであることが好ましく、他方はO又はSであることがより好ましい。
 CR中のR及びRとしては、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基が好ましく、アルキル基、アリール基がより好ましく、アルキル基が更に好ましい。
 NRにおけるRの好ましい態様は、式(3)におけるRの好ましい態様と同様である。
--X11 and X12 --
In formula (2), X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR, CRxRy , or C=O, and R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, it is preferable that one of X 11 and X 12 is a single bond and the other is O, S, NR or CR x R y , and it is more preferable that the other is O or S.
R x and R y in CR x R y are preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, more preferably an alkyl group or an aryl group, and further preferably an alkyl group.
Preferred embodiments of R in NR are the same as those of R in formula (3).
--p及びq--
 式(2)におけるp及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表し、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、0又は1であることが好ましく、0であることがより好ましい。
--p and q--
In formula (2), p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3, and from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, are preferably 0 or 1, and more preferably 0.
 上記式(2)で表される特定ラジカル重合開始剤の具体例としては、表1~表4に示すA-29~A-167、及びA-172~A-195が好ましく挙げられるが、これらに限定されないことは言うまでもない。 Specific examples of the specific radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (2) include A-29 to A-167 and A-172 to A-195 shown in Tables 1 to 4, but needless to say, are not limited to these.
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、波長190nm~450nmの光を吸収することが好ましく、ArF吸収領域である波長193nm、KrF吸収領域である波長248nm、及び、i線吸収領域である波長365nmのいずれかに吸収を有することがより好ましく、ArF吸収領域である波長193nm、及び、KrF吸収領域である波長248nmのいずれかに吸収を有することが更に好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の波長248nm又は365nmのいずれかにおけるグラム吸光係数は、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、10,000L・g-1・cm-1以上であることが好ましく、30,000L・g-1・cm-1以上がより好ましく、50,000L・g-1・cm-1以上が更に好ましく、70,000L・g-1・cm-1以上が特に好ましい。グラム吸光係数の上限は、特に限定されるものではなく、200,000L・g-1・cm-1以下とすることができる。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤のグラム吸光係数の測定方法は、以下の通りである。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤を12.5mg精秤し、容量100mLのメスフラスコに投入する。これにアセトニトリルを加え完溶させる。この開始剤溶液をホールピペットで2mL取り出し25mLメスフラスコでメスアップし、これを測定サンプルとする。
 1cm4方の石英ガラスセル(容量5mL)に測定サンプルを加え、空気下でUV(Ultra violet)測定を行い。
 UV測定器としては、(株)日立ハイテクサイエンス製の紫外可視近赤外分光光度計UH4150又はこれと同程度の装置を使用することができる。
The specific radical polymerization initiator preferably absorbs light having a wavelength of 190 nm to 450 nm, more preferably has absorption in any one of the ArF absorption region of 193 nm, the KrF absorption region of 248 nm, and the i-line absorption region of 365 nm, and further preferably has absorption in any one of the ArF absorption region of 193 nm and the KrF absorption region of 248 nm.
The gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator at a wavelength of 248 nm or 365 nm is preferably 10,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, more preferably 30,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, even more preferably 50,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, and particularly preferably 70,000 L g -1 cm -1 or more, from the viewpoint of sensitivity and substrate adhesion. The upper limit of the gram absorption coefficient is not particularly limited, and can be 200,000 L g -1 cm -1 or less.
The method for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows.
Weigh out 12.5 mg of the specific radical polymerization initiator and place it in a 100 mL volumetric flask. Add acetonitrile to this and dissolve it completely. Take 2 mL of this initiator solution with a whole pipette and fill it up in a 25 mL volumetric flask, and use this as the measurement sample.
A measurement sample was placed in a quartz glass cell (volume 5 mL) of 1 cm square, and UV (ultraviolet) measurement was carried out in air.
As the UV measuring device, an ultraviolet-visible-near infrared spectrophotometer UH4150 manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Corp. or a device equivalent thereto can be used.
 200nm~450nmの波長の光において、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の最大吸収波長は、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、200nm~300nmの間に存在することが好ましく、220nm~280nmの間に存在することがより好ましく、240nm~260nmの間に存在することが更に好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の最大吸収波長の測定方法は、以下の通りである。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤のグラム吸光係数の測定方法と同様の方法により、190nm~800nmの領域において、1nm単位で吸収スペクトルを得る。吸光度の最も高い吸収波長の値を読み取る。
In light having a wavelength of 200 nm to 450 nm, the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably between 200 nm and 300 nm, more preferably between 220 nm and 280 nm, and even more preferably between 240 nm and 260 nm, from the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate.
The method for measuring the maximum absorption wavelength of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows.
An absorption spectrum is obtained in 1 nm increments in the range of 190 nm to 800 nm using the same method as for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator. The value of the absorption wavelength with the highest absorbance is read.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の長波長側の吸収端は、400nm以下であることが好ましく、380nm以下であることがより好ましい。吸収端の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、100nm以上とすることができる。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の長波長側の吸収端の測定方法は、以下の通りである。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤のグラム吸光係数の測定方法と同様の方法により、190nm~800nmの領域において、1nm単位で吸収スペクトルを得る。長波端でグラム吸光係数が100以下となる最も短波の波長を読みとる。
From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 400 nm or less, more preferably 380 nm or less. The lower limit of the absorption edge is not particularly limited, and can be 100 nm or more.
The method for measuring the absorption edge on the long wavelength side of the specific radical polymerization initiator is as follows.
An absorption spectrum is obtained in 1 nm increments in the 190 nm to 800 nm region by the same method as for measuring the gram absorption coefficient of the specific radical polymerization initiator. The shortest wavelength at which the gram absorption coefficient is 100 or less at the long wave end is read.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の分子量は、1500未満であることが好ましく、1200未満であることがより好ましく、1000未満であることが更に好ましく、800未満であることが特に好ましい。特定ラジカル重合開始剤の分子量の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、200以上であることが好ましく、300以上であることがより好ましく、400以上であることが更に好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity and adhesion to the substrate, the molecular weight of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 1500, more preferably less than 1200, even more preferably less than 1000, and particularly preferably less than 800. There is no particular lower limit to the molecular weight of the specific radical polymerization initiator, but it is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 300 or more, and even more preferably 400 or more.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の融点は、300℃未満であることが好ましく、250℃未満であることがより好ましく、200℃未満であることが更に好ましく、150℃未満であることが特に好ましい。融点の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、取り扱いの観点から、30℃以上であることが好ましく、70℃以上であることがより好ましい。
 本開示において、「融点」は、融点測定装置を使用して測定される値である。
 融点測定装置としては、例えば「MP80」(メトラートレド社製)が用いられる。
 融点の測定は、試料5mgを一定の昇温速度(5℃/min)で20℃から300℃まで加熱して行い、融点ピークの極小値における温度を読みとる。
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the melting point of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably less than 300° C., more preferably less than 250° C., even more preferably less than 200° C., and particularly preferably less than 150° C. The lower limit of the melting point is not particularly limited, and from the viewpoint of handling, it is preferably 30° C. or higher, and more preferably 70° C. or higher.
In this disclosure, "melting point" is a value measured using a melting point measuring apparatus.
As a melting point measuring device, for example, "MP80" (manufactured by Mettler Toledo) is used.
The melting point is measured by heating 5 mg of a sample from 20° C. to 300° C. at a constant temperature increase rate (5° C./min), and reading the temperature at the minimum value of the melting point peak.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートへの溶解度は、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、5質量%以上であることがより好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートへの溶解度は、25℃のプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテートに対する特定ラジカル重合開始剤の溶解量を意味する。
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the solubility of the specific radical polymerization initiator in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate is preferably 1 mass % or more, more preferably 5 mass % or more, and particularly preferably 10 mass % or more.
The solubility of the specific radical polymerization initiator in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate means the amount of the specific radical polymerization initiator dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate at 25°C.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤のHPLC純度は、98%以上であることが好ましく、99%以上であることがより好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤のHPLC純度の測定方法は、高速液体クロマトグラフィー装置を用いて、以下の条件により行う。高速液体クロマトグラフィー装置としては、例えば、Agilent社製のものを使用することができる。
(測定条件)
 ・カラムオーブン温度:40℃
 ・溶離溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン/水=70/30(質量基準)なお、溶離溶媒は、バッファーとして、酢酸及びトリエチルアミンを共に、1質量%ずつ含有する。
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the HPLC purity of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 98% or more, and more preferably 99% or more.
The HPLC purity of the specific radical polymerization initiator is measured using a high performance liquid chromatography device under the following conditions. As the high performance liquid chromatography device, for example, a device manufactured by Agilent can be used.
(Measurement condition)
Column oven temperature: 40°C
Elution solvent: tetrahydrofuran/water=70/30 (by mass). The elution solvent contained 1% by mass each of acetic acid and triethylamine as buffers.
 感度及び基材密着性の観点から、特定ラジカル重合開始剤に含まれるカルボキシル基の割合は、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対して、1質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.1質量%以下であることがより好ましく、0.01質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm未満であることが特に好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤に含まれるカルボキシル基の割合の測定方法は、ガスクロマトグラムにより測定する。
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, the proportion of carboxyl groups contained in the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 1 mass % or less, more preferably 0.1 mass % or less, and even more preferably 0.01 mass % or less, and particularly preferably less than 1 ppm by mass, relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator.
The proportion of carboxyl groups contained in the specific radical polymerization initiator is measured by gas chromatography.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、特定ラジカル重合開始剤を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量は、感度及び基材密着性の観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~30質量%が好ましく、0.05質量%~25質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~20質量%が更に好ましく、1質量%~15質量%が特に好ましい。また、特定ラジカル重合開始剤の含有量を30質量%以下とすることにより、本開示の硬化性組成物の硬化物における残渣の発生を抑制することができる。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one specific radical polymerization initiator alone or two or more specific radical polymerization initiators. When two or more specific radical polymerization initiators are used, the total amount of the specific radical polymerization initiators is preferably within the following range.
From the viewpoints of sensitivity and substrate adhesion, the content of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 0.01% by mass to 30% by mass, more preferably 0.05% by mass to 25% by mass, even more preferably 0.1% by mass to 20% by mass, and particularly preferably 1% by mass to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Furthermore, by setting the content of the specific radical polymerization initiator to 30% by mass or less, it is possible to suppress the generation of residues in the cured product of the curable composition of the present disclosure.
 また、特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、波長450nm以上に吸収を持たないことが好ましく、波長420nm以上に吸収を持たないことがより好ましく、波長400nmより長い波長範囲に吸収を持たないことが特に好ましい。なお、本開示において、「吸収を持たない」とは、その波長におけるグラム吸光係数が100L・g-1・cm-1以下であることを表す。特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、白色~薄黄色であることが好ましい。上記色であると、カラーフィルタの分光に影響が少なく好ましい。 Moreover, the specific radical polymerization initiator preferably has no absorption at wavelengths of 450 nm or more, more preferably has no absorption at wavelengths of 420 nm or more, and particularly preferably has no absorption in the wavelength range longer than 400 nm. In the present disclosure, "having no absorption" means that the gram absorption coefficient at that wavelength is 100 L·g -1 ·cm -1 or less. The specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably white to light yellow. The above colors are preferable because they have little effect on the spectrum of the color filter.
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の製造方法は、特に制限はなく、公知の方法により製造してもよいし、公知の方法を参照して製造してもよい。
 上記製造方法としては、例えば、以下の方法が挙げられる。
 3環以上が縮環した基を有する化合物をルイス酸(例えば、塩化アルミニウム)によりフリーデルクラフツ反応で反応させ、アシル化を行い、更にフッ素原子等のハロゲン原子を有する酸クロリドとアシル化を行う。
 アシル化後、カルボニル基を有するインドール化合物と求核芳香族反応させ、中間体(I)を得る。
 ヒドロキシルアミンを中間体(I)のカルボニル基に付加してオキシムとし、最後にエステル保護することでオキシムエステル化合物を得ることができる。
The method for producing the specific radical polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and the specific radical polymerization initiator may be produced by a known method or may be produced with reference to a known method.
The above-mentioned production method includes, for example, the following method.
A compound having a group in which three or more rings are condensed is reacted with a Lewis acid (e.g., aluminum chloride) via the Friedel-Crafts reaction to carry out acylation, and further acylation with an acid chloride having a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom.
After acylation, the intermediate (I) is obtained by a nucleophilic aromatic reaction with an indole compound having a carbonyl group.
Hydroxylamine is added to the carbonyl group of intermediate (I) to form an oxime, which is then finally protected as an ester to give an oxime ester compound.
(反応に関して)
 ケトンへのヒドロキシルアミンの付加によるオキシム化反応は、好ましくは-20℃~120℃の温度範囲で適宜行うことができ、より好ましくは-10℃~80℃、更に好ましくは0℃~50℃である。使用できる溶媒は特に限定されないが、ヒドロキシルアミン塩酸塩を混和する溶媒であることが好ましい。溶媒としては、例えば、水、メタノール、エタノール、イソプロパノール、アセトニトリル、テトラヒドロフラン、ピリジン、4-(N-N-ジメチル)アミノピリジン、アニリン、4-メチルアニリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール等が挙げられる。ヒドロキシルアミン塩酸塩を中和するために塩基を使用することも好ましい。塩基としては特に限定されないが、例えば、酢酸ナトリウム、酢酸リチウム、酢酸セシウム、水酸化ナトリウム、ナトリウムメトキシド、t-ブトキシカリウム、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、アニリン等が挙げられる。
(Regarding reactions)
The oxime-forming reaction by addition of hydroxylamine to a ketone can be suitably carried out preferably in the temperature range of -20°C to 120°C, more preferably -10°C to 80°C, and even more preferably 0°C to 50°C. The solvent that can be used is not particularly limited, but is preferably a solvent that is miscible with hydroxylamine hydrochloride. Examples of the solvent include water, methanol, ethanol, isopropanol, acetonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, pyridine, 4-(N-N-dimethyl)aminopyridine, aniline, 4-methylaniline, ethylene glycol, and propylene glycol. It is also preferable to use a base to neutralize hydroxylamine hydrochloride. Examples of the base include, but are not limited to, sodium acetate, lithium acetate, cesium acetate, sodium hydroxide, sodium methoxide, potassium t-butoxide, triethylamine, pyridine, and aniline.
(ジオキシム/トリオキシム副生成物について)
 中間体(I)において、カルボニル基が1分子内に複数存在する場合、オキシム化されるカルボニル基は1つのみでなくともよい。例えば2つのカルボニル基がオキシム化されたジオキシム、又は3つのカルボニル基がオキシム化されたトリオキシムが存在していてもよい。これらジオキシム及びトリオキシムは、エステル化工程を経てジオキシムエステル又はトリオキシムエステルとなる。エステル化は、ジオキシムの2つのヒドロキシ基がエステル化されるだけでなく、ジオキシムのどちらか1つのヒドロキシ基がエステル化されてもよく、トリオキシムの3つのヒドロキシ基がエステル化されるだけでなく、トリオキシムのいずれか1つのヒドロキシ基がエステル化されてもよく、トリオキシムのいずれか2つのヒドロキシ基がエステル化されていてもよい。
 ジオキシム、ジオキシムエステル、トリオキシム、トリオキシムエステルが含まれる場合、合計量は、本開示の特定ラジカル重合開始剤に対して0.001質量%~10質量%が好ましく、0.001質量%~8質量%がより好ましく、0.001質量%~5質量%が更に好ましい。この範囲内にすることで、より高い感度を維持することができる。
 以下にジオキシム及びトリオキシムの例を示す。
(Dioxime/trioxime by-products)
In the intermediate (I), when a plurality of carbonyl groups are present in one molecule, the carbonyl group to be oximed may not be only one. For example, a dioxime in which two carbonyl groups are oximed, or a trioxime in which three carbonyl groups are oximed may be present. These dioximes and trioximes are turned into dioxime esters or trioxime esters through an esterification step. The esterification may be such that not only two hydroxyl groups of a dioxime are esterified, but also one of the hydroxyl groups of a dioxime is esterified, not only three hydroxyl groups of a trioxime are esterified, but also one of the hydroxyl groups of a trioxime is esterified, or any two hydroxyl groups of a trioxime are esterified.
When a dioxime, a dioxime ester, a trioxime, or a trioxime ester is contained, the total amount is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.001% by mass to 8% by mass, and even more preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, relative to the specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure. By keeping the total amount within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained.
Examples of dioximes and trioximes are given below.
(前駆体及び中間体不純物について)
 本開示における特定ラジカル重合開始剤(モノオキシムエステル開始剤)には、前駆体であるオキシム体、オキシム化する前のケトン体(中間体(I))が含有されていてもよい。オキシム体及びケトン体(中間体(I))のそれぞれが本開示の特定ラジカル重合開始剤への占める含有量は、好ましくは0.001質量%~10質量%であり、0.001質量%~8質量%がより好ましく、0.001質量%~5質量%が更に好ましく、0.001質量%~1質量%が最も好ましい。この範囲内にすることで、より高い感度を維持することができる。
(Precursor and intermediate impurities)
The specific radical polymerization initiator (monoxime ester initiator) of the present disclosure may contain an oxime body as a precursor, and a ketone body (intermediate (I)) prior to oximation. The content of each of the oxime body and the ketone body (intermediate (I)) in the specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is preferably 0.001% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.001% by mass to 8% by mass, even more preferably 0.001% by mass to 5% by mass, and most preferably 0.001% by mass to 1% by mass. By keeping the content within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained.
(オキシムE/Z異性体混合について)
 本開示の特定ラジカル重合開始剤はオキシム化合物であり、E体及びZ体の立体異性体が存在し得る。オキシム化合物は、特に断りのない限り、特に明示がなくともE体及びZ体のいずれであってもよいものとする。また、E体とZ体が混合した形態であってもよい。E体とZ体が混合した形態である場合、E体とZ体の質量比[E:Z]は、99.9:0.1~80:20又は20:80~0.1:99.9であることが好ましく、99.9:0.1~90:10又は10:90~0.1:99.9であることがより好ましい。この範囲内にすることで、より高い感度を維持することができる。
(For mixed oxime E/Z isomers)
The specific radical polymerization initiator of the present disclosure is an oxime compound, and may have stereoisomers of E and Z. The oxime compound may be either E or Z unless otherwise specified. The oxime compound may also be in a mixed form of E and Z. When the oxime compound is in a mixed form of E and Z, the mass ratio [E:Z] of E and Z isomers is preferably 99.9:0.1 to 80:20 or 20:80 to 0.1:99.9, and more preferably 99.9:0.1 to 90:10 or 10:90 to 0.1:99.9. By keeping the ratio within this range, higher sensitivity can be maintained.
 他の製造方法としては、中間体(I)を、亜硝酸イソアミルを酸又は塩基条件でカルボニル基のα位をオキシム化し、最後にエステル保護する方法が挙げられる。これにより、ケトオキシムエステル基を有する特定ラジカル重合開始剤を製造することができる。 Another production method is to oxime the α-position of the carbonyl group of intermediate (I) using isoamyl nitrite under acid or base conditions, and then finally protect the ester. This makes it possible to produce a specific radical polymerization initiator having a ketoxime ester group.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は有機酸を含んでいてもよい。
 有機酸としては、例えば、RCOOHが挙げられる。Rについては、上記した通りである。
 RCOOHは特定ラジカル重合開始剤の合成において生じ、残存するものであってもよく、特定ラジカル重合開始剤が加水分解して生じたものであってもよい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の総質量に対する、有機酸の含有率の上限は、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、有機酸の含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であってもよい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may include an organic acid.
An example of the organic acid is R 1 COOH. R 1 is as described above.
R 1 COOH may be one that is generated and remains during the synthesis of the specific radical polymerization initiator, or may be one that is generated by hydrolysis of the specific radical polymerization initiator.
The upper limit of the organic acid content relative to the total mass of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the organic acid content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤は、有機酸、金属、水分、有機溶剤、ハロゲンイオン等の不純物を含んでいてもよい。
 有機酸については上記した通りである。特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対する、有機酸の含有率の上限は、5000質量ppm以下が好ましく、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、有機酸の含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であってもよい。
The specific radical polymerization initiator may contain impurities such as organic acids, metals, moisture, organic solvents, and halogen ions.
The organic acid is as described above. The upper limit of the content of the organic acid relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the content of the organic acid is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
 金属としては、Al、Ca、Cu、Cr、Mg、Fe、Mn、Ni、Co、Cd、Li、Pb、Na、K、Zn、P、Ag、Ti、Sn、Si等が挙げられる。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対する、金属の含有率の上限は、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、金属の含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であっても
よい。
 なお、上記含有率は、1種の金属の含有率であり、特定ラジカル重合開始剤が2種以上の金属を含む場合、それぞれについて上記含有率としてもよい。
Examples of metals include Al, Ca, Cu, Cr, Mg, Fe, Mn, Ni, Co, Cd, Li, Pb, Na, K, Zn, P, Ag, Ti, Sn, and Si.
The upper limit of the metal content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the metal content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
The above content is the content of one type of metal, and when the specific radical polymerization initiator contains two or more types of metals, the above content may be used for each of them.
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対する、水分の含有率の上限は、5000質量ppm以下が好ましく、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、水分の含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であってもよい。 The upper limit of the moisture content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the moisture content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
 有機溶剤は特に限定されず、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、2-プロパノール、ブタノール、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、ヘキサン、へプタン、アセトニトリル、N.N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N.N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドン、N-エチルピロリドン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、ジメチルスルホキシド、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、ジエチルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、t-ブチルメチルエーテル、ジブチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、トルエン、クロロベンゼン、o-ジクロロベンゼン、トリエチルアミン、ピリジン、ジイソプロピルアミン、酢酸等が挙げられる。また、後述する溶剤を使用してもよい。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対する、有機溶剤の含有率の上限は、5000質量ppm以下が好ましく、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、有機溶剤の含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であってもよい。
The organic solvent is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, hexane, heptane, acetonitrile, N-N-dimethylformamide, N-N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpyrrolidone, N-ethylpyrrolidone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, dimethyl sulfoxide, acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, t-butyl methyl ether, dibutyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, toluene, chlorobenzene, o-dichlorobenzene, triethylamine, pyridine, diisopropylamine, acetic acid, etc. Solvents described below may also be used.
The upper limit of the content of the organic solvent relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the content of the organic solvent is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more.
 ハロゲンイオンとしては、F、Cl、Br、及びIが挙げられる。
 特定ラジカル重合開始剤の総質量に対する、ハロゲンイオンの含有率の上限は、5000質量ppm以下が好ましく、1000質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、500質量ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100質量ppm以下であることがさらに好ましい。また、ハロゲンイオンの含有率の下限は、特に限定されるものではなく、0.1質量ppm以上であってもよく、1質量ppm以上であってもよい。ハロゲンイオンの対カチオンは特に限定されない。
Halogen ions include F , Cl , Br , and I .
The upper limit of the halogen ion content relative to the total mass of the specific radical polymerization initiator is preferably 5000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 1000 mass ppm or less, more preferably 500 mass ppm or less, and even more preferably 100 mass ppm or less. The lower limit of the halogen ion content is not particularly limited, and may be 0.1 mass ppm or more, or 1 mass ppm or more. The counter cation of the halogen ion is not particularly limited.
<他のラジカル重合開始剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、特定ラジカル重合開始剤以外の他のラジカル重合開始剤を含んでいてもよい。
 他のラジカル重合開始剤としては、オキシム化合物、α-アミノアセトフェノン化合物、α-ヒドロキシケトン化合物、アシルホスフィン化合物等が挙げられる。
 中でも、オキシム化合物が好ましい。
 上記式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤と他のラジカル重合開始剤と併用することで、よりバランスの優れた矩形性のよいパターンを得ることができる。
<Other radical polymerization initiators>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a radical polymerization initiator other than the specific radical polymerization initiator.
Other radical polymerization initiators include oxime compounds, α-aminoacetophenone compounds, α-hydroxyketone compounds, acylphosphine compounds, and the like.
Of these, oxime compounds are preferred.
By using the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula (1) in combination with another radical polymerization initiator, a more well-balanced pattern with good rectangularity can be obtained.
 オキシム化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0142~0149に記載の化合物、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、国際公開第2021/023144号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物等が挙げられる。
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、TR-PBG-327(トロンリー社製)が挙げられる。
 また、他のラジカル重合開始剤としては、特表2020-507664号公報に記載のフルオレニルアミノケトン類光開始剤、特開2021-173858号公報の一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤、特開2021-173858号公報の段落0022から0024に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2021-170089号公報の一般式(1)で表される光重合開始剤、特開2021-170089号公報の段落0117から0120に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2021-181406号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-013379号公報に記載の光重合開始剤、特開2022-015747号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特表2021-507058号公報に記載のフッ素含有フルオレンオキシムエステル系光開始剤、中国特許出願公開第110764367号明細書に記載の開始剤、特表2022-518535号公報に記載の開始剤、国際公開第2021/175855号に記載の開始剤、台湾特許出願公開第202200534号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-078550号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0087330号公報に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。
 また、オキシム化合物として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0143~0149に記載の化合物を用いることができる。
 オキシム化合物としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう。)を用いることもできる。オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。
Examples of the oxime compound include the compounds described in paragraphs 0142 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485, the polymers described in JP 2020-172619 A, the compounds represented by formula (1) described in WO 2020/152120, and the oxime ester compounds described in WO 2021/023144.
A specific example of the oxime compound is TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronley Corporation).
Other radical polymerization initiators include fluorenyl amino ketone photoinitiators described in JP-T-2020-507664, photopolymerization initiators represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-173858, photopolymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0022 to 0024 of JP-A-2021-173858, photopolymerization initiators represented by the general formula (1) of JP-A-2021-170089, photopolymerization initiators described in paragraphs 0117 to 0120 of JP-A-2021-170089, compounds described in JP-A-2021-181406, and photopolymerization initiators described in JP-A-2022-013379. Initiator, compound represented by formula (1) described in JP-A-2022-015747, fluorine-containing fluorene oxime ester photoinitiator described in JP-T-2021-507058, initiator described in China Patent Application Publication No. 110764367, initiator described in JP-T-2022-518535, initiator described in WO 2021/175855, compound described in Taiwan Patent Application Publication No. 202200534, compound described in JP-A-2022-078550, compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0087330, and the like can also be used.
In addition, as the oxime compound, the compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into the aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as an oxime compound OX) can be used. Specific examples of the oxime compound OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
 上記したオキシム化合物としては、特開2001-233842号公報に記載の化合物、特開2000-080068号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.1653-1660)に記載の化合物、J.C.S.Perkin II(1979年、pp.156-162)に記載の化合物、Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology(1995年、pp.202-232)に記載の化合物、特開2000-066385号公報に記載の化合物、特表2004-534797号公報に記載の化合物、特開2006-342166号公報に記載の化合物、特開2017-019766号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6065596号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2015/152153号に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/051680号に記載の化合物、特開2017-198865号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2017/164127号の段落番号0025~0038に記載の化合物、国際公開第2013/167515号に記載の化合物、特開2020-172619号公報に記載の重合体、国際公開第2020/152120号に記載の式1で表される化合物、国際公開第2021/023144号に記載のオキシムエステル化合物等も使用することができる。
 オキシム化合物の具体例としては、3-ベンゾイルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-アセトキシイミノブタン-2-オン、3-プロピオニルオキシイミノブタン-2-オン、2-アセトキシイミノペンタン-3-オン、2-アセトキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、2-ベンゾイルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、3-(4-トルエンスルホニルオキシ)イミノブタン-2-オン、2-エトキシカルボニルオキシイミノ-1-フェニルプロパン-1-オン、1-[4-(フェニルチオ)フェニル]-3-シクロヘキシル-プロパン-1,2-ジオン-2-(O-アセチルオキシム)などが挙げられる。市販品としては、Irgacure OXE01、Irgacure OXE02、Irgacure OXE03、Irgacure OXE04(以上、BASF社製)、TR-PBG-304、TR-PBG-327(トロンリー社製)、アデカオプトマーN-1919((株)ADEKA製、特開2012-014052号公報に記載の光重合開始剤2)等が挙げられる。
 また、オキシム化合物としては、着色性が無い化合物や、透明性が高く変色し難い化合物を用いることも好ましい。市販品としては、アデカアークルズNCI-730、NCI-831、NCI-930(以上、(株)ADEKA製)等が挙げられる。
 また、他のラジカル重合開始剤としては、特表2020-507664号公報に記載のフルオレニルアミノケトン類光開始剤を用いることもできる。
Examples of the oxime compounds include compounds described in JP-A-2001-233842, compounds described in JP-A-2000-080068, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 1653-1660), compounds described in J. C. S. Perkin II (1979, pp. 156-162), compounds described in Journal of Photopolymer Science and Technology (1995, pp. 202-232), compounds described in JP-A-2000-066385, compounds described in JP-T-2004-534797, compounds described in JP-A-2006-342166, compounds described in JP-A-2017-019766, compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6065596, compounds described in WO 2015/152153, compounds described in WO 2017/051680, The compounds described in JP-A-2017-198865, the compounds described in paragraphs 0025 to 0038 of WO 2017/164127, the compounds described in WO 2013/167515, the polymers described in JP-A-2020-172619, the compounds represented by formula 1 described in WO 2020/152120, and the oxime ester compounds described in WO 2021/023144 can also be used.
Specific examples of the oxime compound include 3-benzoyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-acetoxyiminobutan-2-one, 3-propionyloxyiminobutan-2-one, 2-acetoxyiminopentan-3-one, 2-acetoxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-benzoyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 3-(4-toluenesulfonyloxy)iminobutan-2-one, 2-ethoxycarbonyloxyimino-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 1-[4-(phenylthio)phenyl]-3-cyclohexyl-propane-1,2-dione-2-(O-acetyloxime), and the like. Commercially available products include Irgacure OXE01, Irgacure OXE02, Irgacure OXE03, Irgacure OXE04 (all manufactured by BASF), TR-PBG-304, TR-PBG-327 (manufactured by Tronley), and ADEKA OPTOMER N-1919 (manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION, photopolymerization initiator 2 described in JP-A-2012-014052).
In addition, it is also preferable to use, as the oxime compound, a compound that is not colored or a compound that is highly transparent and does not easily discolor. Commercially available products include ADEKA ARCLES NCI-730, NCI-831, and NCI-930 (all manufactured by ADEKA CORPORATION).
As another radical polymerization initiator, a fluorenyl amino ketone photoinitiator described in JP-A-2020-507664 can also be used.
 オキシム化合物としては、フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フルオレン環を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2014-137466号公報に記載の化合物、特許第6636081号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2016-0109444号公報に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a fluorene ring can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorene ring include the compounds described in JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in Japanese Patent No. 6636081 A, and the compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2016-0109444.
 オキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール環の少なくとも1つのベンゼン環がナフタレン環となった骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。そのようなオキシム化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2013/083505号に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a skeleton in which at least one benzene ring of a carbazole ring is replaced with a naphthalene ring can also be used. Specific examples of such oxime compounds include the compounds described in WO 2013/083505.
 オキシム化合物としては、フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。フッ素原子を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2010-262028号公報に記載の化合物、特表2014-500852号公報に記載の化合物24、36~40、特開2013-164471号公報に記載の化合物(C-3)などが挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a fluorine atom can also be used. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a fluorine atom include the compounds described in JP-A-2010-262028, compounds 24, 36 to 40 described in JP-A-2014-500852, and compound (C-3) described in JP-A-2013-164471.
 オキシム化合物としては、ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物を用いることができる。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物は、二量体とすることも好ましい。ニトロ基を有するオキシム化合物の具体例としては、特開2013-114249号公報の段落番号0031~0047、特開2014-137466号公報の段落番号0008~0012、0070~0079に記載されている化合物、特許第4223071号公報の段落番号0007~0025に記載されている化合物、アデカアークルズNCI-831((株)ADEKA製)が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a nitro group can be used. It is also preferable that the oxime compound having a nitro group is a dimer. Specific examples of oxime compounds having a nitro group include the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0047 of JP 2013-114249 A, paragraphs 0008 to 0012 and 0070 to 0079 of JP 2014-137466 A, the compounds described in paragraphs 0007 to 0025 of Japanese Patent No. 4223071 A, and ADEKA ARCLES NCI-831 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
 オキシム化合物としては、ベンゾフラン骨格を有するオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、国際公開第2015/036910号に記載されているOE-01~OE-75が挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having a benzofuran skeleton can also be used. Specific examples include OE-01 to OE-75 described in WO 2015/036910.
 オキシム化合物としては、カルバゾール骨格にヒドロキシ基を有する置換基が結合したオキシム化合物を用いることもできる。このような光重合開始剤としては国際公開第2019/088055号に記載された化合物などが挙げられる。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound in which a substituent having a hydroxyl group is bonded to a carbazole skeleton can also be used. Examples of such photopolymerization initiators include the compounds described in WO 2019/088055.
 オキシム化合物としては、芳香族環に電子求引性基が導入された芳香族環基ArOX1を有するオキシム化合物(以下、オキシム化合物OXともいう。)を用いることもできる。上記芳香族環基ArOX1が有する電子求引性基としては、アシル基、ニトロ基、トリフルオロメチル基、アルキルスルフィニル基、アリールスルフィニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、アリールスルホニル基、シアノ基が挙げられ、アシル基及びニトロ基が好ましく、耐光性に優れた膜を形成しやすいという理由からアシル基であることがより好ましく、ベンゾイル基であることが更に好ましい。ベンゾイル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環基、複素環オキシ基、アルケニル基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基、アシル基又はアミノ基であることが好ましく、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アリールオキシ基、複素環オキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基、アリールスルファニル基又はアミノ基であることがより好ましく、アルコキシ基、アルキルスルファニル基又はアミノ基であることが更に好ましい。 As the oxime compound, an oxime compound having an aromatic ring group Ar OX1 in which an electron-withdrawing group is introduced into an aromatic ring (hereinafter, also referred to as oxime compound OX) can also be used. Examples of the electron-withdrawing group of the aromatic ring group Ar OX1 include an acyl group, a nitro group, a trifluoromethyl group, an alkylsulfinyl group, an arylsulfinyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, an arylsulfonyl group, and a cyano group. An acyl group and a nitro group are preferred, and an acyl group is more preferred because it is easy to form a film with excellent light resistance, and a benzoyl group is even more preferred. The benzoyl group may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkenyl group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, an acyl group, or an amino group, more preferably an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aryloxy group, a heterocyclic oxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, an arylsulfanyl group, or an amino group, and further preferably an alkoxy group, an alkylsulfanyl group, or an amino group.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、下記一般式で表されるオキシムエステル化合物を含有することも好ましい。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure also preferably contains an oxime ester compound represented by the following general formula:
 上記一般式において、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、R111、OR111、COR111、SR111、CONR112113又はCNを表す。
 R111、R112及びR113は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~30のアリール基、炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表し、R111、R112及びR113で表わされる基の水素原子は、更にR121、OR121、COR121、SR121、NR122123、CONR122123、-NR122-OR123、-NCOR122-OCOR123、NR122COR121、OCOR121、COOR121、SCOR121、OCSR121、COSR121、CSOR121、水酸基、ニトロ基、CN、ハロゲン原子、又はCOOR121で置換されていてもよい。
 R121、R122及びR123は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~30のアリール基、炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表す。R121、R122及びR123で表される基の水素原子は、更にニトロ基、CN、ハロゲン原子、水酸基又はカルボキシル基で置換されていてもよい。
 R111、R112、R113、R121、R122及びR123で表される基のアルキレン部分は、-O-、-S-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NR124-、-NR124CO-、-NR124COO-、-OCONR124-、-SCO-、-COS-、-OCS-又は-CSO-により酸素原子が隣り合わない条件で1~5回中断されていてもよい。R124は、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~30のアリール基、炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表す。R111、R112、R113、R121、R122、R123及びR124で表される基のアルキル部分は、分岐側鎖があってもよく、環状アルキルであってもよい。
In the above general formula, R 1 and R 2 each independently represent R 111 , OR 111 , COR 111 , SR 111 , CONR 112 R 113 or CN.
R 111 , R 112 and R 113 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms; the hydrogen atoms of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 and R 113 can further be R 121 , OR 121 , COR 121 , SR 121 , NR 122 R 123 , CONR 122 R 123 , -NR 122 -OR 123 , -NCOR 122 -OCOR 123 , NR 122 COR 121 , OCOR 121 , COOR 121 , SCOR 121 , OCSR 121 , COSR 121 , CSOR 121 , a hydroxyl group, a nitro group, CN, a halogen atom, or COOR 121 .
R 121 , R 122 and R 123 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The hydrogen atom of the group represented by R 121 , R 122 and R 123 may be further substituted with a nitro group, CN, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group.
The alkylene portions of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 121 , R 122 and R 123 may be interrupted 1 to 5 times by -O-, -S-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NR -, -NR CO-, -NR COO- , -OCONR -, -SCO- , -COS-, -OCS- or -CSO-, provided that the oxygen atoms are not adjacent. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl moieties of the groups represented by R 111 , R 112 , R 113 , R 121 , R 122 , R 123 and R 124 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
 上記一般式において、Rは、水素原子、炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基、炭素原子数6~30のアリール基、炭素原子数7~30のアリールアルキル基又は炭素原子数2~20の複素環基を表す。Rで表される基のアルキル部分は、分岐側鎖があってもよく、環状アルキルであってもよい。
 また、RとR、RとR、RとR、RとR及びRとRはそれぞれ一緒になって環を形成していてもよい。
 Rで表される基の水素原子は、更にR121、OR121、COR121、SR121、NR122123、CONR122123、-NR122-OR123、-NCOR122-OCOR123、NR122COR121、OCOR121、COOR121、SCOR121、OCSR121、COSR121、CSOR121、水酸基、ニトロ基、CN、ハロゲン原子、又はCOOR121で置換されていてもよい。
In the above general formula, R3 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, an arylalkyl group having 7 to 30 carbon atoms, or a heterocyclic group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms. The alkyl portion of the group represented by R3 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
Furthermore, R3 and R7 , R3 and R8 , R4 and R5 , R5 and R6 , and R6 and R7 may each be joined together to form a ring.
The hydrogen atoms in the group represented by R3 may be further substituted by R121 , OR121 , COR121 , SR121 , NR122R123 , CONR122R123 , -NR122 - OR123 , -NCOR122 - OCOR123 , NR122COR121 , OCOR121 , COOR121 , SCOR121 , OCSR121 , COSR121 , CSOR121 , a hydroxyl group , a nitro group, CN, a halogen atom, or COOR121 .
 上記一般式において、R、R、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、R111、OR111、SR111、COR114、CONR115116、NR112COR111、OCOR111、COOR114、SCOR111、OCSR111、COSR114、CSOR111、水酸基、CN又はハロゲン原子を表し、RとR、RとR及びRとRはそれぞれ一緒になって環を形成していてもよい。R114、R115及びR116は、水素原子又は炭素原子数1~20のアルキル基を表し、R114、R115及びR116で表される基のアルキル部分は、分岐側鎖があってもよく、環状アルキルであってもよい。 In the above general formula, R 4 , R 5 , R 6 and R 7 each independently represent R 111 , OR 111 , SR 111 , COR 114 , CONR 115 R 116 , NR 112 COR 111 , OCOR 111 , COOR 114 , SCOR 111 , OCSR 111 , COSR 114 , CSOR 111 , a hydroxyl group, CN or a halogen atom, and R 4 and R 5 , R 5 and R 6 , and R 6 and R 7 may each be joined together to form a ring. R 114 , R 115 and R 116 each represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and the alkyl portion of the group represented by R 114 , R 115 and R 116 may have a branched side chain or may be a cyclic alkyl.
 上記一般式において、Rは、R111、OR111、SR111、COR111、CONR112113、NR112COR111、OCOR111、COOR111、SCOR111、OCSR111、COSR111、CSOR111、水酸基、CN又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 上記一般式において、nは、0又は1を表す。
In the above general formula, R8 represents R111 , OR111 , SR111, COR111 , CONR112R113 , NR112COR111 , OCOR111 , COOR111 , SCOR111 , OCSR111 , COSR111 , CSOR111 , a hydroxyl group, CN or a halogen atom.
In the above general formula, n represents 0 or 1.
 オキシム化合物OXの具体例としては、特許第4600600号公報の段落番号0083~0105に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of oxime compounds OX include the compounds described in paragraphs 0083 to 0105 of Japanese Patent No. 4600600.
 また、オキシム化合物としては、以下に示す化合物を特に好ましく例示できる。 Furthermore, the following compounds are particularly preferred examples of oxime compounds:
 他のラジカル重合開始剤との併用時の質量比率は、特に制限はないが、アウトガス抑制性の観点から、上記式1で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の含有量が、重合開始剤の全質量に対し、10質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、80質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。 The mass ratio when used in combination with other radical polymerization initiators is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of outgassing suppression, the content of the radical polymerization initiator represented by the above formula 1 is preferably 10 mass% or more, more preferably 50 mass% or more, even more preferably 80 mass% or more, and particularly preferably 90 mass% or more, based on the total mass of the polymerization initiator.
<ラジカル硬化性化合物>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル硬化性化合物を含む。
 ラジカル硬化性化合物としては、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物等が挙げられる。
   
<Radically curable compound>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure comprises a radically curable compound.
The radically curable compound may, for example, be a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 樹脂タイプのラジカル硬化性化合物としては、ラジカル重合性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂などが挙げられる。樹脂タイプの重合性化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、2,000~2,000,000であることが好ましい。重量平均分子量の上限は、1,000,000以下であることがより好ましく、500,000以下であることが更に好ましい。重量平均分子量の下限は、3,000以上であることがより好ましく、5,000以上であることが更に好ましい。 Examples of resin-type radically curable compounds include resins containing repeating units with radically polymerizable groups. The weight-average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin-type polymerizable compound is preferably 2,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 1,000,000 or less, and even more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit of the weight-average molecular weight is more preferably 3,000 or more, and even more preferably 5,000 or more.
 モノマータイプのラジカル硬化性化合物(重合性モノマー)の分子量は、2,000未満であることが好ましく、1,500以下であることがより好ましい。重合性モノマーの分子量の下限は100以上であることが好ましく、200以上であることがより好ましい。 The molecular weight of the monomer-type radically curable compound (polymerizable monomer) is preferably less than 2,000, and more preferably 1,500 or less. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the polymerizable monomer is preferably 100 or more, and more preferably 200 or more.
 重合性モノマーとしてのエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、3~15官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることが好ましく、3~6官能の(メタ)アクリレート化合物であることがより好ましい。具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0128に記載の化合物、特開2017-194662号公報に記載されている化合物等が挙げられ、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group as a polymerizable monomer is preferably a 3-15 functional (meth)acrylate compound, and more preferably a 3-6 functional (meth)acrylate compound. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraph 0128 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP 2017-194662 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0129~0137に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物は、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基等の酸基を有する化合物でもよく、カプロラクトン構造を有する化合物でもよく、アルキレンオキシ基を有する化合物でもよく、フルオレン骨格を有する化合物でもよい。 As a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the compounds described in paragraphs 0129 to 0137 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used. The compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group may be a compound having an acid group such as a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, or a phosphate group, a compound having a caprolactone structure, a compound having an alkyleneoxy group, or a compound having a fluorene skeleton.
 エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物としては、UA-7200(新中村化学工業(株)製)、DPHA-40H(日本化薬(株)製)、UA-306H、UA-306T、UA-306I、AH-600、T-600、AI-600、LINC-202UA(共栄社化学(株)製)、8UH-1006、8UH-1012(以上、大成ファインケミカル(株)製)、ライトアクリレートPOB-A0(共栄社化学(株)製)などを用いることも好ましい。 As compounds having an ethylenically unsaturated group, it is also preferable to use UA-7200 (manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.), DPHA-40H (manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.), UA-306H, UA-306T, UA-306I, AH-600, T-600, AI-600, LINC-202UA (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), 8UH-1006, 8UH-1012 (all manufactured by Taisei Fine Chemical Co., Ltd.), Light Acrylate POB-A0 (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), etc.
 ラジカル硬化性化合物の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~50質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。上限は、45質量%以下がより好ましく、40質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、ラジカル硬化性化合物は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
The content of the radical curable compound is preferably 0.1% by mass to 50% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 45% by mass or less, and even more preferably 40% by mass or less.
In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the radical curable compound may be used alone or in combination with two or more kinds. When two or more kinds are used, it is preferable that the total amount of the radical curable compounds is in the above range.
<着色剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、着色剤を含有することができる。
 着色剤としては、有彩色着色剤、及び、黒色着色剤などが挙げられる。有彩色着色剤としては、波長400nm~700nmの範囲に極大吸収波長を有する着色剤が挙げられる。例えば、緑色着色剤、赤色着色剤、黄色着色剤、紫色着色剤、青色着色剤、オレンジ色着色剤などが挙げられる。
 着色剤は、顔料であってもよく、染料であってもよい。
 また、着色剤としては、着色性、及び、分散性の観点から、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、キナクリドン顔料、アントラキノン顔料、ペリレン顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、キノフタロン顔料、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、及び、ジオキサジン顔料よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種の顔料であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール顔料、フタロシアニン顔料、及び、イソインドリン顔料よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種の顔料であることがより好ましい。
 また、着色剤として、黒色顔料を用いることができる。黒色顔料としては、カーボンブラック、チタン原子及びジルコニウム原子から選択される1つ以上を含む顔料を用いることができる。
<Coloring Agent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a colorant.
Examples of the colorant include a chromatic colorant and a black colorant. Examples of the chromatic colorant include a colorant having a maximum absorption wavelength in the wavelength range of 400 nm to 700 nm. Examples of the chromatic colorant include a green colorant, a red colorant, a yellow colorant, a purple colorant, a blue colorant, and an orange colorant.
The colorant may be a pigment or a dye.
From the viewpoints of coloring property and dispersibility, the colorant is preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a quinacridone pigment, an anthraquinone pigment, a perylene pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, and a dioxazine pigment, and more preferably at least one pigment selected from the group consisting of a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment, a phthalocyanine pigment, and an isoindoline pigment.
As the colorant, a black pigment can be used, which may include one or more pigments selected from carbon black, titanium atoms, and zirconium atoms.
 顔料の平均一次粒子径は、1nm~200nmが好ましい。下限は5nm以上がより好ましく、10nm以上が更に好ましい。上限は、180nm以下がより好ましく、150nm以下が更に好ましく、100nm以下が特に好ましい。なお、本明細書において、顔料の一次粒子径は、顔料の一次粒子を透過型電子顕微鏡により観察し、得られた画像写真から求めることができる。具体的には、顔料の一次粒子の投影面積を求め、それに対応する円相当径を顔料の一次粒子径として算出する。また、本明細書における平均一次粒子径は、400個の顔料の一次粒子についての一次粒子径の算術平均値とする。また、顔料の一次粒子とは、凝集のない独立した粒子をいう。
 顔料のCuKα線をX線源としたときのX線回折スペクトルにおけるいずれかの結晶面に由来するピークの半値幅より求めた結晶子サイズは、0.1nm~100nmであることが好ましく、0.5nm~50nmであることがより好ましく、1nm~30nmであることが更に好ましく、5nm~25nmであることが特に好ましい。
The average primary particle diameter of the pigment is preferably 1 nm to 200 nm. The lower limit is more preferably 5 nm or more, and even more preferably 10 nm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 180 nm or less, even more preferably 150 nm or less, and particularly preferably 100 nm or less. In this specification, the primary particle diameter of the pigment can be determined from an image photograph obtained by observing the primary particles of the pigment with a transmission electron microscope. Specifically, the projected area of the primary particles of the pigment is determined, and the corresponding circle equivalent diameter is calculated as the primary particle diameter of the pigment. In this specification, the average primary particle diameter is the arithmetic mean value of the primary particle diameters of 400 primary particles of the pigment. In addition, the primary particles of the pigment refer to independent particles that are not aggregated.
The crystallite size of the pigment, determined from the half-width of a peak derived from any crystal plane in an X-ray diffraction spectrum obtained using CuKα radiation as an X-ray source, is preferably 0.1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 0.5 nm to 50 nm, even more preferably 1 nm to 30 nm, and particularly preferably 5 nm to 25 nm.
 緑色着色剤としては、フタロシアニン化合物及びスクアリリウム化合物が挙げられ、フタロシアニン化合物であることが好ましい。また、緑色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。緑色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,10,36,37,58,59,62,63,64,65,66等の緑色顔料が挙げられる。また、緑色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0143~0149に記載の化合物、特開2020-070426号公報に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物等を用いることもできる。 Green colorants include phthalocyanine compounds and squarylium compounds, and are preferably phthalocyanine compounds. The green colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of green colorants include green pigments such as C.I. Pigment Green 7, 10, 36, 37, 58, 59, 62, 63, 64, 65, and 66. Green colorants may also include compounds described in paragraphs 0143 to 0149 of WO 2022/085485, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in JP 2020-070426 A, and diarylmethane compounds described in JP 2020-504758 A.
 緑色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59,62,63が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7,36,58,59がより好ましい。 The green colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, 59, 62, or 63, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Green 7, 36, 58, or 59.
 赤色着色剤としては、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物、ナフトール化合物、アゾメチン化合物、キサンテン化合物、キナクリドン化合物、ペリレン化合物、チオインジゴ化合物などが挙げられ、ジケトピロロピロール化合物、アントラキノン化合物、アゾ化合物であることが好ましく、ジケトピロロピロール化合物であることがより好ましい。また、赤色着色剤は顔料であることが好ましい。赤色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.(カラーインデックス)ピグメントレッド1,2,3,4,5,6,7,9,10,14,17,22,23,31,38,41,48:1,48:2,48:3,48:4,49,49:1,49:2,52:1,52:2,53:1,57:1,60:1,63:1,66,67,81:1,81:2,81:3,83,88,90,105,112,119,122,123,144,146,149,150,155,166,168,169,170,171,172,175,176,177,178,179,184,185,187,188,190,200,202,206,207,208,209,210,216,220,224,226,242,246,254,255,264,269,270,272,279,291,294,295,296,297等の赤色顔料が挙げられる。また、赤色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0034に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 赤色着色剤として、Lumogen F Orange 240(BASF製、赤色顔料、ペリレン顔料)を用いることもできる。
Examples of the red colorant include diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, azo compounds, naphthol compounds, azomethine compounds, xanthene compounds, quinacridone compounds, perylene compounds, and thioindigo compounds, and are preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds, anthraquinone compounds, and azo compounds, and more preferably diketopyrrolopyrrole compounds. The red colorant is preferably a pigment. Specific examples of the red colorant include C.I. (Color Index) Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 14, 17, 22, 23, 31, 38, 41, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49, 49: 1, 49: 2, 52: 1, 52: 2, 53: 1, 57: 1, 60: 1, 63: 1, 66, 67, 81: 1, 81: 2, 81: 3, 83, 88, 90, 105, 112, 119, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, Examples of red pigments include 150, 155, 166, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 184, 185, 187, 188, 190, 200, 202, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210, 216, 220, 224, 226, 242, 246, 254, 255, 264, 269, 270, 272, 279, 291, 294, 295, 296, and 297. In addition, the compound described in paragraph 0034 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as a red colorant.
As a red colorant, Lumogen F Orange 240 (manufactured by BASF, red pigment, perylene pigment) can also be used.
 赤色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントレッド122,177,179,254,255,264,269,272,291が好ましく、C.I.ピグメントレッド254,264,272がより好ましい。 The red colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Red 122, 177, 179, 254, 255, 264, 269, 272, or 291, and more preferably C.I. Pigment Red 254, 264, or 272.
 黄色着色剤としては、アゾ化合物、アゾメチン化合物、イソインドリン化合物、プテリジン化合物、キノフタロン化合物及びペリレン化合物などが挙げられる。黄色着色剤は、顔料であることが好ましく、アゾ顔料、アゾメチン顔料、イソインドリン顔料、プテリジン顔料、キノフタロン顔料又はペリレン顔料であることがより好ましく、アゾ顔料又はアゾメチン顔料であることがより好ましい。黄色着色剤の具体例としては、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1,2,3,4,5,6,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,20,24,31,32,34,35,35:1,36,36:1,37,37:1,40,42,43,53,55,60,61,62,63,65,73,74,77,81,83,86,93,94,95,97,98,100,101,104,106,108,109,110,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,120,123,125,126,127,128,129,137,138,139,147,148,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,161,162,164,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,179,180,181,182,185,187,188,193,194,199,213,214,215,228,231,232,233,234,235,236等の黄色顔料が挙げられる。
 また、黄色着色剤として、下記構造のアゾバルビツール酸ニッケル錯体を用いることもできる。
Examples of the yellow colorant include azo compounds, azomethine compounds, isoindoline compounds, pteridine compounds, quinophthalone compounds, and perylene compounds. The yellow colorant is preferably a pigment, more preferably an azo pigment, an azomethine pigment, an isoindoline pigment, a pteridine pigment, a quinophthalone pigment, or a perylene pigment, and more preferably an azo pigment or an azomethine pigment. Specific examples of the yellow colorant include C.I. Pigment Yellow 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 20, 24, 31, 32, 34, 35, 35:1, 36, 36:1, 37, 37:1, 40, 42, 43, 53, 55, 60, 61, 62, 63, 65, 73, 74, 77, 81, 83, 86, 93, 94, 95, 97, 98, 100, 101, 104, 106, 108, 109, 110, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117, 118, 119, 120, 123, 125 , 126, 127, 128, 129, 137, 138, 139, 147, 148, 150, 151, 152, 153, 154, 155, 156, 161, 162, 164, 166, 167, 168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 179, 180, 181, 182, 185, 187, 188, 193, 194, 199, 213, 214, 215, 228, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236 and the like.
Furthermore, as a yellow colorant, an azobarbituric acid nickel complex having the following structure can also be used.
 また、黄色着色剤として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0031~0033に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 In addition, the compounds described in paragraphs 0031 to 0033 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as yellow colorants.
 黄色着色剤は、C.I.ピグメントイエロー117,129,138,139,150,185が好ましい。 The yellow colorant is preferably C.I. Pigment Yellow 117, 129, 138, 139, 150, or 185.
 オレンジ色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ2,5,13,16,17:1,31,34,36,38,43,46,48,49,51,52,55,59,60,61,62,64,71,73等のオレンジ色顔料が挙げられる。 Orange colorants include orange pigments such as C.I. Pigment Orange 2, 5, 13, 16, 17:1, 31, 34, 36, 38, 43, 46, 48, 49, 51, 52, 55, 59, 60, 61, 62, 64, 71, and 73.
 紫色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1,19,23,27,32,37,42,60,61等の紫色顔料が挙げられる。 Examples of purple colorants include purple pigments such as C.I. Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 27, 32, 37, 42, 60, and 61.
 青色着色剤としては、C.I.ピグメントブルー1,2,15,15:1,15:2,15:3,15:4,15:6,16,22,29,60,64,66,79,80,87,88等が挙げられる。また、青色着色剤として、リン原子を有するアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物を用いることもできる。具体例としては、特開2012-247591号公報の段落番号0022~0030、特開2011-157478号公報の段落番号0047に記載の化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of blue colorants include C.I. Pigment Blue 1, 2, 15, 15:1, 15:2, 15:3, 15:4, 15:6, 16, 22, 29, 60, 64, 66, 79, 80, 87, and 88. Aluminum phthalocyanine compounds having phosphorus atoms can also be used as blue colorants. Specific examples include the compounds described in paragraphs 0022 to 0030 of JP-A No. 2012-247591 and paragraph 0047 of JP-A No. 2011-157478.
 有彩色着色剤には染料を用いることもできる。染料としては特に制限はなく、公知の染料が使用できる。例えば、ピラゾールアゾ系、アニリノアゾ系、トリアリールメタン系、アントラキノン系、アントラピリドン系、ベンジリデン系、オキソノール系、ピラゾロトリアゾールアゾ系、ピリドンアゾ系、シアニン系、フェノチアジン系、ピロロピラゾールアゾメチン系、キサンテン系、フタロシアニン系、ベンゾピラン系、インジゴ系、ピロメテン系等の染料が挙げられる。 Dyes can also be used as chromatic colorants. There are no particular limitations on the dyes, and any known dyes can be used. Examples include pyrazole azo dyes, anilino azo dyes, triarylmethane dyes, anthraquinone dyes, anthrapyridone dyes, benzylidene dyes, oxonol dyes, pyrazolotriazole azo dyes, pyridone azo dyes, cyanine dyes, phenothiazine dyes, pyrrolopyrazole azomethine dyes, xanthene dyes, phthalocyanine dyes, benzopyran dyes, indigo dyes, and pyrromethene dyes.
 有彩色着色剤には色素多量体を用いることもできる。色素多量体は、有機溶剤に溶解して用いられる染料であることが好ましい。また、色素多量体は、粒子を形成していてもよい。色素多量体が粒子である場合は通常溶剤に分散した状態で用いられる。粒子状態の色素多量体は、例えば乳化重合によって得ることができ、特開2015-214682号公報に記載されている化合物及び製造方法が具体例として挙げられる。色素多量体として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0048に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。  A dye polymer can also be used as the chromatic colorant. The dye polymer is preferably a dye dissolved in an organic solvent before use. The dye polymer may also form particles. When the dye polymer is in the form of particles, it is usually used in a state of being dispersed in a solvent. A dye polymer in a particulate state can be obtained, for example, by emulsion polymerization, and specific examples of the compound and manufacturing method described in JP-A-2015-214682 include the compound described in paragraph 0048 of WO 2022/085485. As the dye polymer, a compound described in WO 2022/085485, paragraph 0048 can also be used.
 有彩色着色剤には、特表2020-504758号公報に記載のジアリールメタン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0028160号公報に記載されたトリアリールメタン染料ポリマー、特開2020-117638号公報に記載のキサンテン化合物、国際公開第2020/174991号に記載のフタロシアニン化合物、特開2020-160279号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物又はそれらの塩、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069442号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069730号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069070号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069067号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0069062号公報に記載の式(1)で表される化合物、特許第6809649号に記載のハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料、特開2020-180176号公報に記載のイソインドリン化合物、特開2021-187913号公報に記載のフェノチアジン系化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0030759号公報の式1で表されるキノフタロン化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0061793号公報に記載の高分子染料、特開2022-029701号公報に記載の着色剤、国際公開第2022/014635号に記載のイソインドリン化合物、国際公開第2022/024926号に記載のアルミニウムフタロシアニン化合物、特開2022-045895号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/050051号に記載の化合物、特開2020-090676号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-055956号公報に記載の化合物、特開2021-031681号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-056354号公報に記載の化合物、US2021/0355327号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/065357号に記載の化合物、特開2020-045436号公報に記載の化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2021-0146726号公報に記載の化合物、特開2018-178039号公報に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881244号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881245号明細書に記載の化合物、中国特許出願公開第113881246号明細書に記載の化合物、特開2022-104822号公報に記載の化合物、特開2022-096701号公報に記載の化合物、特開2020-023652号公報に記載の化合物等を用いることができる。有彩色着色剤は、ロタキサンであってもよく、色素骨格はロタキサンの環状構造に使用されていてもよく、棒状構造に使用されていてもよく、両方の構造に使用されていてもよい。 Chromatic colorants include diarylmethane compounds described in JP-T-2020-504758, triarylmethane dye polymers described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0028160, xanthene compounds described in JP-A-2020-117638, phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2020/174991, isoindoline compounds or salts thereof described in JP-A-2020-160279, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069442, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730, and compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069730. Compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069070, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069067, compounds represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0069062, halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments described in Japanese Patent No. 6809649, isoindoline compounds described in JP-A-2020-180176, phenothiazine compounds described in JP-A-2021-187913, quinophthalone compounds represented by formula 1 of Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0030759, Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-00617 Polymer dyes described in JP-A-93, colorants described in JP-A-2022-029701, isoindoline compounds described in WO 2022/014635, aluminum phthalocyanine compounds described in WO 2022/024926, compounds described in JP-A-2022-045895, compounds described in WO 2022/050051, compounds described in JP-A-2020-090676, compounds described in JP-A-2020-055956, compounds described in JP-A-2021-031681, compounds described in JP-A-2022-056354, compounds described in US 2021/0355327, Compounds described in International Publication No. 2022/065357, compounds described in JP 2020-045436 A, compounds described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2021-0146726 A, compounds described in JP 2018-178039 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881244 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881245 A, compounds described in Chinese Patent Application Publication No. 113881246 A, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-104822 A, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2022-096701 A, compounds described in Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2020-023652 A, and the like can be used. The chromatic colorant may be a rotaxane, and the dye skeleton may be used in the cyclic structure of the rotaxane, may be used in the rod-shaped structure, or may be used in both structures.
 有彩色着色剤は、2種以上組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、有彩色着色剤を2種以上組み合わせて用いる場合、2種以上の有彩色着色剤の組み合わせで黒色を形成していてもよい。 Two or more chromatic colorants may be used in combination. When two or more chromatic colorants are used in combination, the combination of two or more chromatic colorants may form a black color.
 黒色着色剤としては特に限定されず、公知のものを用いることができる。例えば、無機黒色着色剤としては、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック、酸窒化ジルコニウム、グラファイト等が挙げられ、カーボンブラック、チタンブラック又は酸窒化ジルコニウムが好ましく、チタンブラック又は酸窒化ジルコニウムがより好ましい。チタンブラックとは、チタン原子を含有する黒色粒子であり、低次酸化チタンや酸窒化チタンが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散性向上、凝集性抑制などの目的で必要に応じ、表面を修飾することが可能である。例えば、酸化珪素、酸化チタン、酸化ゲルマニウム、酸化アルミニウム、酸化マグネシウム、又は、酸化ジルコニウムでチタンブラックの表面を被覆することが可能である。また、特開2007-302836号公報に表されるような撥水性物質での処理も可能である。黒色着色剤として、カラーインデックス(C.I.)Pigment Black 1,7を用いることもできる。チタンブラックは、個々の粒子の一次粒子径及び平均一次粒子径のいずれもが小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、平均一次粒子径が10~45nmであることが好ましい。チタンブラックは、分散物として用いることもできる。例えば、チタンブラック粒子とシリカ粒子とを含み、分散物中のSi原子とTi原子との含有比が0.20~0.50の範囲に調整した分散物などが挙げられる。上記分散物については、特開2012-169556号公報の段落0020~0105の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。チタンブラックの市販品の例としては、チタンブラック10S、12S、13R、13M、13M-C、13R-N、13M-T(商品名:三菱マテリアル(株)製)、ティラック(Tilack)D(商品名:赤穂化成(株)製)などが挙げられる。有機黒色着色剤としては、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、ペリレン化合物、アゾ化合物などが挙げられ、ビスベンゾフラノン化合物、ペリレン化合物が好ましい。ビスベンゾフラノン化合物としては、特表2010-534726号公報、特表2012-515233号公報、特表2012-515234号公報、国際公開第2014/208348号、特表2015-525260号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、BASF社製の「Irgaphor Black」として入手可能である。ペリレン化合物としては、C.I.Pigment Black 31、32などが挙げられる。アゾメチン化合物としては、特開平01-170601号公報、特開平02-034664号公報などに記載の化合物が挙げられ、例えば、大日精化社製の「クロモファインブラックA1103」として入手できる。また、有機黒色着色剤としては、特開2017-226821号公報の段落0016~0020に記載のペリレンブラック(Lumogen Black FK4280等)、Paliogen Black S0084を使用してもよい。 The black colorant is not particularly limited, and any known black colorant can be used. For example, examples of inorganic black colorants include carbon black, titanium black, zirconium oxynitride, graphite, etc., with carbon black, titanium black, or zirconium oxynitride being preferred, and titanium black or zirconium oxynitride being more preferred. Titanium black is a black particle containing titanium atoms, and low-order titanium oxide or titanium oxynitride is preferred. Titanium black can be surface-modified as necessary for the purpose of improving dispersibility, suppressing aggregation, etc. For example, the surface of titanium black can be coated with silicon oxide, titanium oxide, germanium oxide, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, or zirconium oxide. It is also possible to treat it with a water-repellent substance as shown in JP-A-2007-302836. Color Index (C.I.) Pigment Black 1, 7 can also be used as a black colorant. It is preferable that both the primary particle size and the average primary particle size of the individual particles of titanium black are small. Specifically, it is preferable that the average primary particle size is 10 to 45 nm. Titanium black can also be used as a dispersion. For example, a dispersion containing titanium black particles and silica particles, and in which the content ratio of Si atoms to Ti atoms in the dispersion is adjusted to a range of 0.20 to 0.50, can be mentioned. For the above dispersion, the description in paragraphs 0020 to 0105 of JP 2012-169556 A can be referred to, and the contents thereof are incorporated herein. Examples of commercially available titanium black products include Titanium Black 10S, 12S, 13R, 13M, 13M-C, 13R-N, and 13M-T (product names: manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Corporation), Tilack D (product name: manufactured by Ako Kasei Co., Ltd.), and the like. Examples of organic black colorants include bisbenzofuranone compounds, azomethine compounds, perylene compounds, and azo compounds, and bisbenzofuranone compounds and perylene compounds are preferred. Examples of bisbenzofuranone compounds include those described in JP-T-2010-534726, JP-T-2012-515233, JP-T-2012-515234, WO 2014/208348, and JP-T-2015-525260, and are available, for example, as "Irgaphor Black" manufactured by BASF. Examples of perylene compounds include C.I. Pigment Black 31 and 32. Examples of azomethine compounds include those described in JP-A-01-170601 and JP-A-02-034664, and are available, for example, as "Chromofine Black A1103" manufactured by Dainichi Seika Chemicals Co., Ltd. In addition, perylene black (such as Lumogen Black FK4280) and Paliogen Black S0084 described in paragraphs 0016 to 0020 of JP2017-226821A may be used as the organic black colorant.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、着色剤を1種単独で含んでいても、2種以上を含んでいてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が下記範囲となることが好ましい。
 着色剤の含有量は、本開示における効果をより発揮する観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、10質量%~75質量%であることが好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下であることがより好ましく、65質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、20質量%以上であることがより好ましく、30質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、60質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain one colorant alone or two or more colorants. When two or more colorants are used, the total amount of the colorants is preferably within the following range.
From the viewpoint of further exerting the effects of the present disclosure, the content of the colorant is preferably 10% by mass to 75% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is more preferably 70% by mass or less, and even more preferably 65% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 20% by mass or more, even more preferably 30% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
<樹脂>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂を含有することができる。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル硬化性化合物として樹脂を用いることができる。ラジカル硬化性化合物は、樹脂を少なくとも含むものを用いることが好ましい。樹脂は、例えば、顔料等を硬化性組成物中で分散させる用途、又は、バインダーの用途で配合される。なお、主に顔料等を硬化性組成物中で分散させるために用いられる樹脂を分散剤ともいう。ただし、樹脂のこのような用途は一例であって、このような用途以外を目的として樹脂を使用することもできる。
 なお、ラジカル重合性基を有する樹脂は、ラジカル硬化性化合物にも該当する。
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ラジカル硬化性化合物以外の樹脂を更に含むことがより好ましい。
<Resin>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can contain a resin.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can use a resin as the radical curable compound. It is preferable to use a radical curable compound that contains at least a resin. The resin is blended, for example, for dispersing pigments and the like in the curable composition or for use as a binder. Note that a resin that is mainly used to disperse pigments and the like in the curable composition is also called a dispersant. However, such uses of the resin are only examples, and the resin can also be used for purposes other than such uses.
Incidentally, a resin having a radically polymerizable group also corresponds to a radically curable compound.
Moreover, the curable composition according to the present disclosure more preferably further contains a resin other than the radically curable compound.
 樹脂の重量平均分子量は、3,000~2,000,000が好ましい。上限は、1,000,000以下が好ましく、500,000以下がより好ましい。下限は、4,000以上が好ましく、5,000以上がより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight of the resin is preferably 3,000 to 2,000,000. The upper limit is preferably 1,000,000 or less, and more preferably 500,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 4,000 or more, and more preferably 5,000 or more.
 樹脂としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、酢酸ビニル樹脂、ポリビニルアルコール樹脂、ポリビニルアセタール樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、ポリウレア樹脂などが挙げられる。これらの樹脂から1種を単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を混合して使用してもよい。環状オレフィン樹脂としては、耐熱性向上の観点からノルボルネン樹脂が好ましい。ノルボルネン樹脂の市販品としては、例えば、JSR(株)製のARTONシリーズ(例えば、ARTON F4520)などが挙げられる。また、樹脂としては、国際公開第2016/088645号の実施例に記載された樹脂、特開2017-057265号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-032685号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-075248号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-066240号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-167513号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-173787号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-206689号公報の段落番号0041~0060に記載された樹脂、特開2018-010856号公報の段落番号0022~0071に記載された樹脂、特開2016-222891号公報に記載されたブロックポリイソシアネート樹脂、特開2020-122052号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-111656号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2020-139021号公報に記載された樹脂、特開2017-138503号公報に記載の主鎖に環構造を有する構成単位と側鎖にビフェニル基を有する構成単位とを含む樹脂を用いることもできる。また、樹脂としては、フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂を好ましく用いることもできる。フルオレン骨格を有する樹脂については、米国特許出願公開第2017/0102610号明細書の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、樹脂としては、特開2020-186373号公報の段落0199~0233に記載の樹脂、特開2020-186325号公報に記載のアルカリ可溶性樹脂、韓国公開特許第10-2020-0078339号公報に記載の式(1)で表される樹脂、国際公開第2022/030445号に記載のエポキシ基と酸基を含む共重合体、特開2018-135514号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The resins include (meth)acrylic resins, epoxy resins, ene-thiol resins, polycarbonate resins, polyether resins, polyarylate resins, polysulfone resins, polyethersulfone resins, polyphenylene resins, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resins, polyimide resins, polyamide resins, polyamideimide resins, polyolefin resins, cyclic olefin resins, polyester resins, styrene resins, vinyl acetate resins, polyvinyl alcohol resins, polyvinyl acetal resins, polyurethane resins, and polyurea resins. One of these resins may be used alone, or two or more may be mixed and used. As the cyclic olefin resin, norbornene resin is preferred from the viewpoint of improving heat resistance. Commercially available norbornene resins include, for example, the ARTON series (e.g., ARTON F4520) manufactured by JSR Corporation. In addition, examples of the resin include the resins described in the examples of WO 2016/088645, the resins described in JP 2017-057265 A, the resins described in JP 2017-032685 A, the resins described in JP 2017-075248 A, the resins described in JP 2017-066240 A, the resins described in JP 2017-167513 A, the resins described in JP 2017-173787 A, and the resins described in paragraphs 0041 to 0060 of JP 2017-206689 A. Resins described in paragraphs 0022 to 0071 of JP 2018-010856 A, blocked polyisocyanate resins described in JP 2016-222891 A, resins described in JP 2020-122052 A, resins described in JP 2020-111656 A, resins described in JP 2020-139021 A, resins containing a structural unit having a ring structure in the main chain and a structural unit having a biphenyl group in the side chain described in JP 2017-138503 A can also be used. In addition, resins having a fluorene skeleton can also be preferably used as the resin. For resins having a fluorene skeleton, the description in U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2017/0102610 can be referred to, and the contents of this specification are incorporated herein. In addition, as the resin, the resin described in paragraphs 0199 to 0233 of JP 2020-186373 A, the alkali-soluble resin described in JP 2020-186325 A, the resin represented by formula (1) described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2020-0078339 A, the copolymer containing an epoxy group and an acid group described in WO 2022/030445 A, and the compound described in JP 2018-135514 A can also be used.
 樹脂として、酸基を有する樹脂を用いることが好ましい。酸基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、リン酸基、スルホ基、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。これら酸基は、1種のみであってもよいし、2種以上であってもよい。酸基を有する樹脂は、例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂として用いることができる。酸基を有する樹脂の酸価は、30~500mgKOH/gが好ましい。下限は、50mgKOH/g以上が好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上がより好ましい。上限は、400mgKOH/g以下が好ましく、200mgKOH/g以下がより好ましく、150mgKOH/g以下が更に好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下が最も好ましい。 It is preferable to use a resin having an acid group as the resin. Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a phosphate group, a sulfo group, and a phenolic hydroxyl group. These acid groups may be of only one type, or of two or more types. The resin having an acid group can be used, for example, as an alkali-soluble resin. The acid value of the resin having an acid group is preferably 30 to 500 mgKOH/g. The lower limit is preferably 50 mgKOH/g or more, and more preferably 70 mgKOH/g or more. The upper limit is preferably 400 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 200 mgKOH/g or less, even more preferably 150 mgKOH/g or less, and most preferably 120 mgKOH/g or less.
 樹脂としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0056~0059に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The resin may also be the compound described in paragraphs 0056 to 0059 of WO 2022/085485.
 樹脂としては、重合性基を有する樹脂を用いることも好ましい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基及び環状エーテル基が挙げられる。中でも、感度の観点から、(メタ)アクリロイル基、エポキシ基又はオキセタニル基を有することが好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having a polymerizable group. Examples of the polymerizable group include an ethylenically unsaturated group and a cyclic ether group. Among them, from the viewpoint of sensitivity, it is preferable to use a resin having a (meth)acryloyl group, an epoxy group, or an oxetanyl group.
 また、樹脂として、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位(以下、繰り返し単位Epともいう)を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Epともいう)を用いることもできる。上記樹脂Epは、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位のうち、いずれか一方の繰り返し単位のみを含んでいてもよく、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位と式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位のそれぞれを含んでいてもよい。両方の繰り返し単位を含む場合、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位と式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位との比率は、モル比で、式(Ep-1)で表される繰り返し単位:式(Ep-2)で表される繰り返し単位=5:95~95:5であることが好ましく、10:90~90:10であることがより好ましく、20:80~80:20であることが更に好ましい。 Furthermore, as the resin, a resin having at least one repeating unit (hereinafter also referred to as repeating unit Ep) selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2) can be used (hereinafter also referred to as resin Ep). The above resin Ep may contain only one of the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2), or may contain both the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2). When both repeating units are contained, the ratio of the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-1) to the repeating units represented by formula (Ep-2) is preferably 5:95 to 95:5 in molar ratio, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and even more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
 式(Ep-1)、(Ep-2)中、Lは単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Rは水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rが表す置換基としては、アルキル基及びアリール基が挙げられ、アルキル基であることが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。Rは、水素原子又はメチル基であることが好ましい。Lが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~12のアルキレン基)、アリーレン基(好ましくは炭素数6~20のアリーレン基)、-NH-、-SO-、-SO-、-CO-、-O-、-COO-、-OCO-、-S-及びこれらの2以上を組み合わせてなる基が挙げられる。アルキレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、及び、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖状又は分岐状が好ましい。また、アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよく、無置換であってもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基などが挙げられる。 In formulae (Ep-1) and (Ep-2), L 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R 1 include an alkyl group and an aryl group, and an alkyl group is preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, and even more preferably 1 to 3. R 1 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 1 include an alkylene group (preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms), an arylene group (preferably an arylene group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms), -NH-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -CO-, -O-, -COO-, -OCO-, -S-, and a group formed by combining two or more of these. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched. In addition, the alkylene group may have a substituent or may be unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group and an alkoxy group.
 樹脂Ep中における上記繰り返し単位Epの含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中1モル%~100モル%であることが好ましい。上限は90モル%以下であることがより好ましく、80モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit Ep in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 100 mol% of all repeating units in the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 90 mol% or less, and even more preferably 80 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epは、上記繰り返し単位Epの他に他の繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。他の繰り返し単位としては、酸基を有する繰り返し単位、エチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位などが挙げられる。 The resin Ep may have other repeating units in addition to the repeating unit Ep. Examples of the other repeating units include a repeating unit having an acid group and a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 酸基としては、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基が挙げられ、フェノール性ヒドロキシ基又はカルボキシル基であることが好ましく、カルボキシル基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a phenolic hydroxy group, a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, and a phosphate group, with a phenolic hydroxy group or a carboxyl group being preferred, and a carboxyl group being more preferred.
 エチレン性不飽和基としては、ビニル基、スチレン基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of ethylenically unsaturated groups include vinyl groups, styrene groups, (meth)allyl groups, and (meth)acryloyl groups.
 樹脂Epが酸基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中における酸基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中5モル%~85モル%であることが好ましい。上限は60モル%以下であることがより好ましく、40モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、8モル%以上がより好ましく、10モル%以上が更に好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a repeating unit having an acid group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid group in the resin Ep is preferably 5 mol% to 85 mol% of all repeating units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 60 mol% or less, and even more preferably 40 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 8 mol% or more, and even more preferably 10 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epがエチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、樹脂Ep中におけるエチレン性不飽和基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂Epの全繰り返し単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。 When the resin Ep contains a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group, the content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the resin Ep is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of all repeating units of the resin Ep. The upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more.
 樹脂Epは、更に芳香族炭化水素環を有する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることが好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、アルキル基などが挙げられる。環状エーテル基を有する樹脂が、芳香族炭化水素環を有す繰り返し単位を含む場合、芳香族炭化水素環を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、環状エーテル基を有する樹脂の全繰り返し単位中1モル%~65モル%であることが好ましい。上限は45モル%以下であることがより好ましく、30モル%以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は、2モル%以上がより好ましく、3モル%以上が更に好ましい。芳香族炭化水素環を有す繰り返し単位としては、ビニルトルエン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレートなどの芳香族炭化水素環を有する単官能の重合性化合物由来の繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 The resin Ep preferably further contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and is preferably a benzene ring. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group. When the resin having a cyclic ether group contains a repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably 1 mol% to 65 mol% of the total repeating units of the resin having a cyclic ether group. The upper limit is more preferably 45 mol% or less, and even more preferably 30 mol% or less. The lower limit is more preferably 2 mol% or more, and even more preferably 3 mol% or more. Examples of the repeating unit having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring include repeating units derived from monofunctional polymerizable compounds having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, such as vinyl toluene and benzyl (meth)acrylate.
 樹脂としては、式(X)で表される化合物由来の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂を用いることも好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin containing a repeating unit derived from a compound represented by formula (X).
 式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立してアルキレン基を表し、nは0~15の整数を表す。R21及びR22が表すアルキレン基の炭素数は1~10であることが好ましく、1~5であることがより好ましく、1~3であることが更に好ましく、2又は3であることが特に好ましい。nは0~15の整数を表し、0~5の整数であることが好ましく、0~4の整数であることがより好ましく、0~3の整数であることが更に好ましい。 In the formula, R 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 21 and R 22 each independently represent an alkylene group, and n represents an integer of 0 to 15. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group represented by R 21 and R 22 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5, even more preferably 1 to 3, and particularly preferably 2 or 3. n represents an integer of 0 to 15, preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 4, and even more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(X)で表される化合物としては、パラクミルフェノールのエチレンオキサイド又はプロピレンオキサイド変性(メタ)アクリレートなどが挙げられる。市販品としては、アロニックスM-110(東亞合成(株)製)などが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound represented by formula (X) include ethylene oxide or propylene oxide modified (meth)acrylate of paracumylphenol. Commercially available products include Aronix M-110 (manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.).
 樹脂としては、芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂(以下、樹脂Acともいう)を用いることも好ましい。樹脂Acにおいて、芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていてもよく、繰り返し単位の側鎖に含まれていてもよい。芳香族カルボキシル基は繰り返し単位の主鎖に含まれていることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、芳香族カルボキシル基とは、芳香族環にカルボキシル基が1個以上結合した構造の基のことである。芳香族カルボキシル基において、芳香族環に結合したカルボキシル基の数は、1~4個であることが好ましく、1~2個であることがより好ましい。 As the resin, it is also preferable to use a resin having an aromatic carboxyl group (hereinafter, also referred to as resin Ac). In resin Ac, the aromatic carboxyl group may be contained in the main chain of the repeating unit, or may be contained in the side chain of the repeating unit. It is preferable that the aromatic carboxyl group is contained in the main chain of the repeating unit. In this specification, an aromatic carboxyl group refers to a group having a structure in which one or more carboxyl groups are bonded to an aromatic ring. In the aromatic carboxyl group, the number of carboxyl groups bonded to the aromatic ring is preferably 1 to 4, and more preferably 1 to 2.
 樹脂Acは、式(Ac-1)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることが好ましい。 The resin Ac is preferably a resin containing at least one repeating unit selected from the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-1) and the repeating units represented by formula (Ac-2).
 式(Ac-1)中、Arは芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、Lは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、Lは、2価の連結基を表す。
 式(Ac-2)中、Ar10は芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基を表し、L11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、L12は3価の連結基を表し、P10はポリマー鎖を表す。
In formula (Ac-1), Ar 1 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and L 2 represents a divalent linking group.
In formula (Ac-2), Ar 10 represents a group containing an aromatic carboxyl group, L 11 represents --COO-- or CONH--, L 12 represents a trivalent linking group, and P 10 represents a polymer chain.
 式(Ac-1)においてArが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造、芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物から由来する構造などが挙げられる。芳香族トリカルボン酸無水物及び芳香族テトラカルボン酸無水物としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a structure derived from an aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride, a structure derived from an aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride, etc. Examples of the aromatic tricarboxylic acid anhydride and aromatic tetracarboxylic acid anhydride include compounds having the following structures.
 上記式中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、下記式(Q-1)で表される基又は下記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。 In the above formula, Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the following formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the following formula (Q-2).
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基は、重合性基を有していてもよい。重合性基は、エチレン性不飽和基又は環状エーテル基であることが好ましく、エチレン性不飽和基であることがより好ましい。
 Arが表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基の具体例としては、式(Ar-11)で表される基、式(Ar-12)で表される基、式(Ar-13)で表される基などが挙げられる。
The group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 may have a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group is preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group or a cyclic ether group, and more preferably an ethylenically unsaturated group.
Specific examples of the group containing an aromatic carboxyl group represented by Ar 1 include a group represented by formula (Ar-11), a group represented by formula (Ar-12), and a group represented by formula (Ar-13).
 式(Ar-11)中、n1は1~4の整数を表し、1又は2であることが好ましく、2であることがより好ましい。
 式(Ar-12)中、n2は1~8の整数を表し、1~4の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、2であることが更に好ましい。
 式(Ar-13)中、n3及びn4はそれぞれ独立して0~4の整数を表し、0~2の整数であることが好ましく、1又は2であることがより好ましく、1であることが更に好ましい。ただし、n3及びn4の少なくとも一方は1以上の整数である。
 式(Ar-13)中、Qは、単結合、-O-、-CO-、-COOCHCHOCO-、-SO-、-C(CF-、上記式(Q-1)で表される基又は上記式(Q-2)で表される基を表す。
 式(Ar-11)~(Ar-13)中、*1はLとの結合位置を表す。
In formula (Ar-11), n1 represents an integer of 1 to 4, preferably 1 or 2, and more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-12), n2 represents an integer of 1 to 8, preferably an integer of 1 to 4, more preferably 1 or 2, and even more preferably 2.
In formula (Ar-13), n3 and n4 each independently represent an integer of 0 to 4, and are preferably an integer of 0 to 2, more preferably 1 or 2, and further preferably 1. However, at least one of n3 and n4 is an integer of 1 or more.
In formula (Ar-13), Q 1 represents a single bond, —O—, —CO—, —COOCH 2 CH 2 OCO—, —SO 2 —, —C(CF 3 ) 2 —, a group represented by the above formula (Q-1) or a group represented by the above formula (Q-2).
In formulae (Ar-11) to (Ar-13), *1 represents the bonding position to L1 .
 式(Ac-1)においてLは、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-1), L1 represents --COO-- or CONH--, and preferably represents --COO--.
 式(Ac-1)においてLが表す2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アリーレン基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。Lが表す2価の連結基は、-L2a-O-で表される基であることが好ましい。L2aは、アルキレン基;アリーレン基;アルキレン基とアリーレン基とを組み合わせた基;アルキレン基及びアリーレン基から選ばれる少なくとも1種と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及びS-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、アルキレン基であることが好ましい。アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。アルキレン基及びアリーレン基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。 In formula (Ac-1), the divalent linking group represented by L 2 includes an alkylene group, an arylene group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the arylene group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group. The divalent linking group represented by L 2 is preferably a group represented by -L 2a -O-. L 2a may be an alkylene group; an arylene group; a group combining an alkylene group and an arylene group; a group combining at least one selected from an alkylene group and an arylene group with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH- and S-, and is preferably an alkylene group. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The alkylene group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The alkylene group and the arylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxy group.
 式(Ac-2)においてAr10が表す芳香族カルボキシル基を含む基としては、式(Ac-1)のArと同義であり、好ましい態様も同様である。 The aromatic carboxyl group-containing group represented by Ar 10 in formula (Ac-2) has the same meaning as Ar 1 in formula (Ac-1), and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 式(Ac-2)においてL11は、-COO-又はCONH-を表し、-COO-を表すことが好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), L 11 represents —COO— or CONH—, and preferably represents —COO—.
 式(Ac-2)においてL12が表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-、-S-及びこれらの2種以上を組み合わせた基が挙げられる。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基、芳香族炭化水素基が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~15が更に好ましい。脂肪族炭化水素基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよい。芳香族炭化水素基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~10が更に好ましい。炭化水素基は置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ヒドロキシ基などが挙げられる。L12が表す3価の連結基は、式(L12-1)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L12-2)で表される基であることがより好ましい。 In formula (Ac-2), the trivalent linking group represented by L 12 includes a hydrocarbon group, -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, -S-, and a group combining two or more of these. Examples of the hydrocarbon group include an aliphatic hydrocarbon group and an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The carbon number of the aliphatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 15. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The carbon number of the aromatic hydrocarbon group is preferably 6 to 30, more preferably 6 to 20, and even more preferably 6 to 10. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group. The trivalent linking group represented by L 12 is preferably a group represented by formula (L12-1), and more preferably a group represented by formula (L12-2).
 式(L12-1)中、L12bは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12bが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基又は炭化水素基と-O-とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-1), L 12b represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12b include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like. A hydrocarbon group or a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with -O- is preferred.
 式(L12-2)中、L12cは3価の連結基を表し、XはSを表し、*1は式(Ac-2)のL11との結合位置を表し、*2は式(Ac-2)のP10との結合位置を表す。L12cが表す3価の連結基としては、炭化水素基;炭化水素基と、-O-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-NH-及び-S-から選ばれる少なくとも1種とを組み合わせた基などが挙げられ、炭化水素基であることが好ましい。 In formula (L12-2), L 12c represents a trivalent linking group, X 1 represents S, *1 represents the bonding position to L 11 in formula (Ac-2), and *2 represents the bonding position to P 10 in formula (Ac-2). Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 12c include a hydrocarbon group; and a group in which a hydrocarbon group is combined with at least one selected from -O-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -NH-, and -S-, and the like, with a hydrocarbon group being preferred.
 式(Ac-2)においてP10はポリマー鎖を表す。P10が表すポリマー鎖は、ポリ(メタ)アクリル繰り返し単位、ポリエーテル繰り返し単位、ポリエステル繰り返し単位及びポリオール繰り返し単位から選ばれる少なくとも1種の繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。ポリマー鎖P10の重量平均分子量は500~20,000が好ましい。下限は1,000以上がより好ましい。上限は10,000以下がより好ましく、5,000以下が更に好ましく、3,000以下が特に好ましい。P10の重量平均分子量が上記範囲であれば組成物中における顔料の分散性が良好である。芳香族カルボキシル基を有する樹脂が式(Ac-2)で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂である場合は、この樹脂は分散剤として好ましく用いられる。 In formula (Ac-2), P 10 represents a polymer chain. The polymer chain represented by P 10 preferably has at least one repeating unit selected from poly(meth)acrylic repeating units, polyether repeating units, polyester repeating units, and polyol repeating units. The weight average molecular weight of the polymer chain P 10 is preferably 500 to 20,000. The lower limit is more preferably 1,000 or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10,000 or less, even more preferably 5,000 or less, and particularly preferably 3,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of P 10 is within the above range, the dispersibility of the pigment in the composition is good. When the resin having an aromatic carboxyl group is a resin having a repeating unit represented by formula (Ac-2), this resin is preferably used as a dispersant.
 P10が表すポリマー鎖は、重合性基を含んでいてもよい。重合性基としては、エチレン性不飽和基が挙げられる。 The polymer chain represented by P 10 may contain a polymerizable group. The polymerizable group may be an ethylenically unsaturated group.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、分散剤としての樹脂を含有することが好ましい。分散剤としては、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)が挙げられる。ここで、酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)とは、酸基の量が塩基性基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、酸基の量が70モル%以上である樹脂が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)が有する酸基は、カルボキシル基が好ましい。酸性分散剤(酸性樹脂)の酸価は、10mgKOH/g~105mgKOH/gが好ましい。また、塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)とは、塩基性基の量が酸基の量よりも多い樹脂を表す。塩基性分散剤(塩基性樹脂)としては、酸基の量と塩基性基の量の合計量を100モル%としたときに、塩基性基の量が50モル%を超える樹脂が好ましい。
 塩基性分散剤が有する塩基性基は、アミノ基が好ましい。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a resin as a dispersant. Examples of dispersants include acidic dispersants (acidic resins) and basic dispersants (basic resins). Here, the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of acid groups is greater than the amount of basic groups. As the acidic dispersant (acidic resin), a resin in which the amount of acid groups is 70 mol% or more is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%. The acid group possessed by the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably a carboxyl group. The acid value of the acidic dispersant (acidic resin) is preferably 10 mgKOH/g to 105 mgKOH/g. In addition, the basic dispersant (basic resin) refers to a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than the amount of acid groups. As the basic dispersant (basic resin), a resin in which the amount of basic groups is greater than 50 mol% is preferable when the total amount of the acid groups and the amount of the basic groups is 100 mol%.
The basic group contained in the basic dispersant is preferably an amino group.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることも好ましい。グラフトポリマーの詳細については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0025~0094の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、上記樹脂が、分散安定性の観点から、グラフト鎖を有するグラフトポリマーであり、かつ上記グラフト鎖が、ポリエーテル鎖、ポリエステル鎖及びポリアクリル鎖よりなる群から選ばれた少なくとも1種を含み、かつ上記グラフト鎖の重量平均分子量が、1,000以上である樹脂を含むことが好ましい。
The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a graft polymer. For details of the graft polymer, refer to paragraphs 0025 to 0094 of JP2012-255128A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
From the viewpoint of dispersion stability, it is preferable that the resin is a graft polymer having a graft chain, the graft chain includes at least one type selected from the group consisting of a polyether chain, a polyester chain, and a polyacrylic chain, and the weight average molecular weight of the graft chain is 1,000 or more.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に窒素原子を含むポリイミン系分散剤であることも好ましい。ポリイミン系分散剤としては、pKa14以下の官能基を有する部分構造を有する主鎖と、原子数40~10000の側鎖とを有し、かつ主鎖及び側鎖の少なくとも一方に塩基性窒素原子を有する樹脂が好ましい。塩基性窒素原子は、塩基性を呈する窒素原子であれば特に制限はない。ポリイミン系分散剤については、特開2012-255128号公報の段落番号0102~0166の記載を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably a polyimine-based dispersant containing nitrogen atoms in at least one of the main chain and side chain. The polyimine-based dispersant is preferably a resin having a main chain with a partial structure having a functional group with a pKa of 14 or less, a side chain with 40 to 10,000 atoms, and having a basic nitrogen atom in at least one of the main chain and side chain. There are no particular restrictions on the basic nitrogen atom, so long as it is a nitrogen atom that exhibits basicity. For details of polyimine-based dispersants, please refer to the description in paragraphs 0102 to 0166 of JP 2012-255128 A, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、コア部に複数個のポリマー鎖が結合した構造の樹脂であることも好ましい。このような樹脂としては、例えば、デンドリマー(星型ポリマーを含む)が挙げられる。また、デンドリマーの具体例としては、特開2013-043962号公報の段落番号0196~0209に記載された高分子化合物C-1~C-31などが挙げられる。 The resin used as the dispersant is preferably one having a structure in which multiple polymer chains are bonded to a core portion. Examples of such resins include dendrimers (including star-shaped polymers). Specific examples of dendrimers include polymer compounds C-1 to C-31 described in paragraphs 0196 to 0209 of JP 2013-043962 A.
 分散剤として用いる樹脂は、エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることも好ましい。エチレン性不飽和基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
 オキセタン基を有する樹脂としては、例えば、国際公開第2021/182268号、又は、国際公開第2021/187257号記載の樹脂を用いることができる。
The resin used as the dispersant is also preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain. The content of the repeating unit having an ethylenically unsaturated group in a side chain is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units of the resin.
As a resin having an oxetane group, for example, a resin described in WO 2021/182268 or WO 2021/187257 can be used.
 また、分散剤として用いる樹脂は、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂であることが好ましく、オキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位を含む樹脂であることがより好ましい。
 更に、オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂は、グラフトポリマーであることが好ましい。
 オキセタン基を側鎖に含む樹脂としては、後述する実施例にて記載しているものが好適に挙げられる。上記樹脂におけるオキセタン基を側鎖に有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂の全繰り返し単位中、10モル%以上であることが好ましく、10モル%~80モル%であることがより好ましく、20モル%~70モル%であることが更に好ましい。
Moreover, the resin used as the dispersant is preferably a resin containing an oxetane group on the side chain, and more preferably a resin containing a repeating unit having an oxetane group on the side chain.
Furthermore, the resin containing an oxetane group in the side chain is preferably a graft polymer.
Suitable examples of the resin containing an oxetane group in a side chain include those described in the Examples below. The content of repeating units having an oxetane group in a side chain in the above resin is preferably 10 mol % or more, more preferably 10 mol % to 80 mol %, and even more preferably 20 mol % to 70 mol %, of all repeating units in the resin.
 また、分散剤として、特開2018-087939号公報に記載された樹脂、特許第6432077号公報の段落番号0219~0221に記載されたブロック共重合体(EB-1)~(EB-9)、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載のポリエステル側鎖を有するポリエチレンイミン、国際公開第2019/125940号に記載のブロック共重合体、特開2020-066687号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、特開2020-066688号公報に記載のアクリルアミド構造単位を有するブロックポリマー、国際公開第2016/104803号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 In addition, as dispersants, resins described in JP 2018-087939 A, block copolymers (EB-1) to (EB-9) described in paragraphs 0219 to 0221 of Japanese Patent No. 6,432,077 A, polyethyleneimine having a polyester side chain described in WO 2016/104803 A, block copolymers described in WO 2019/125940 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066687 A, block polymers having an acrylamide structural unit described in JP 2020-066688 A, dispersants described in WO 2016/104803 A, and the like can also be used.
 分散剤として、ポリアミック酸型分散樹脂、ポリイミド型分散樹脂を用いることもできる。このような樹脂としては国際公開第2022/019253号、国際公開第2022/019254号、国際公開第2022/019255号に記載の分散剤などを用いることもできる。 As the dispersant, polyamic acid type dispersing resins and polyimide type dispersing resins can also be used. As such resins, dispersants described in WO 2022/019253, WO 2022/019254, and WO 2022/019255 can also be used.
 分散剤は、市販品としても入手可能であり、そのような具体例としては、ビックケミー社製のDisperbykシリーズ(例えば、Disperbyk-111、161、2001など)、日本ルーブリゾール(株)製のソルスパースシリーズ(例えば、ソルスパース20000、76500など)、味の素ファインテクノ(株)製のアジスパーシリーズ等が挙げられる。また、特開2012-137564号公報の段落番号0129に記載された製品、特開2017-194662号公報の段落番号0235に記載された製品を分散剤として用いることもできる。 Dispersants are also available as commercially available products, and specific examples include the Disperbyk series manufactured by BYK-Chemie (e.g., Disperbyk-111, 161, 2001, etc.), the Solsperse series manufactured by Lubrizol Japan Co., Ltd. (e.g., Solsperse 20000, 76500, etc.), and the Ajisper series manufactured by Ajinomoto Fine-Techno Co., Ltd. In addition, the products described in paragraph 0129 of JP 2012-137564 A and the products described in paragraph 0235 of JP 2017-194662 A can also be used as dispersants.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物がラジカル硬化性化合物として樹脂を含む場合、樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、酸基を有する樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、1質量%~70質量%であることが好ましい。下限は、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、3質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、5質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、65質量%以下であることがより好ましく、60質量%以下であることが更に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物が分散剤としての樹脂を含有する場合、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.1質量%~30質量%が好ましい。上限は、25質量%以下がより好ましく、20質量%以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.5質量%以上がより好ましく、1質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、分散剤としての樹脂の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対して、1質量部~100質量部が好ましい。上限は、80質量部以下であることがより好ましく、70質量部以下であることが更に好ましく、60質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。下限は、5質量部以上であることがより好ましく、10質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、20質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、樹脂を、1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。樹脂を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a radical curable compound, the content of the resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the resin having an acid group is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
The content of the alkali-soluble resin is preferably 1% by mass to 70% by mass based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 3% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 5% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 65% by mass or less, and even more preferably 60% by mass or less.
When the curable composition according to the present disclosure contains a resin as a dispersant, the content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 0.1% by mass to 30% by mass with respect to the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is more preferably 25% by mass or less, and even more preferably 20% by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and even more preferably 1% by mass or more. The content of the resin as a dispersant is preferably 1 part by mass to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The upper limit is more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, even more preferably 70 parts by mass or less, and particularly preferably 60 parts by mass or less. The lower limit is more preferably 5 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 10 parts by mass or more, and particularly preferably 20 parts by mass or more.
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of resin, or may contain two or more types of resins. When two or more types of resins are contained, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<溶剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、溶剤を含有することが好ましい。溶剤としては、有機溶剤が挙げられる。溶剤の種類は、各成分の溶解性や組成物の塗布性を満足すれば基本的には特に制限はない。有機溶剤としては、エステル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤などが挙げられる。これらの詳細については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0223を参酌でき、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。また、環状アルキル基が置換したエステル系溶剤、環状アルキル基が置換したケトン系溶剤も好ましく用いることもできる。有機溶剤の具体例としては、ポリエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、3-エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチルセロソルブアセテート、乳酸エチル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ブチル、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2-ヘプタノン、2-ペンタノン、3-ペンタノン、4-ヘプタノン、シクロヘキサノン、2-メチルシクロヘキサノン、3-メチルシクロヘキサノン、4-メチルシクロヘキサノン、シクロヘプタノン、シクロオクタノン、酢酸シクロヘキシル、シクロペンタノン、エチルカルビトールアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、3-ブトキシ-N,N-ジメチルプロパンアミド、プロピレングリコールジアセテート、3-メトキシブタノール、メチルエチルケトン、ガンマブチロラクトン、スルホラン、アニソール、1,4-ジアセトキシブタン、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセタート、二酢酸ブタン-1,3-ジイル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセタート、ジアセトンアルコール(別名としてダイアセトンアルコール、4-ヒドロキシ-4-メチル-2-ペンタノン)、2-メトキシプロピルアセテート、2-メトキシ-1-プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコールなどが挙げられる。ただし有機溶剤としての芳香族炭化水素類(ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン等)は、環境面等の理由により低減したほうがよい場合がある(例えば、有機溶剤全量に対して、50質量ppm(parts per million)以下とすることもでき、10質量ppm以下とすることもでき、1質量ppm以下とすることもできる)。
<Solvent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably contains a solvent. Examples of the solvent include organic solvents. The type of solvent is not particularly limited as long as the solubility of each component and the coatability of the composition are satisfied. Examples of the organic solvent include ester-based solvents, ketone-based solvents, alcohol-based solvents, amide-based solvents, ether-based solvents, and hydrocarbon-based solvents. For details of these, reference can be made to paragraph 0223 of International Publication No. 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. In addition, ester-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group and ketone-based solvents substituted with a cyclic alkyl group can also be preferably used. Specific examples of organic solvents include polyethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethyl cellosolve acetate, ethyl lactate, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, 2-heptanone, 2-pentanone, 3-pentanone, 4-heptanone, cyclohexanone, 2-methylcyclohexanone, 3-methylcyclohexanone, 4-methylcyclohexanone, cycloheptanone, cyclooctanone, cyclohexyl acetate, cyclopentanone, ethyl carbitol acetate, butyl carbitol acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol dimethyl ether, butyl acetate ... Examples of the ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate include 3-methoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, 3-butoxy-N,N-dimethylpropanamide, propylene glycol diacetate, 3-methoxybutanol, methyl ethyl ketone, gamma butyrolactone, sulfolane, anisole, 1,4-diacetoxybutane, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, butane-1,3-diyl diacetate, dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate, diacetone alcohol (also known as diacetone alcohol and 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone), 2-methoxypropyl acetate, 2-methoxy-1-propanol, and isopropyl alcohol. However, there are cases where it is better to reduce the amount of aromatic hydrocarbons (benzene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, etc.) used as organic solvents for environmental reasons, etc. (for example, the amount can be 50 ppm (parts per million) by mass or less, 10 ppm by mass or less, or 1 ppm by mass or less, relative to the total amount of organic solvents).
 本開示においては、金属含有量の少ない有機溶剤を用いることが好ましい。有機溶剤の金属含有量は、例えば、10質量ppb(parts per billion)以下であることが好ましい。必要に応じて質量ppt(parts per trillion)レベルの有機溶剤を用いてもよく、そのような有機溶剤は,例えば、東洋合成社が提供している(化学工業日報、2015年11月13日)。 In the present disclosure, it is preferable to use an organic solvent with a low metal content. The metal content of the organic solvent is preferably, for example, 10 parts per billion (ppb) by mass or less. If necessary, an organic solvent with a mass ppt (parts per trillion) level may be used, and such an organic solvent is provided, for example, by Toyo Gosei Co., Ltd. (The Chemical Daily, November 13, 2015).
 有機溶剤から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、蒸留(分子蒸留や薄膜蒸留等)やフィルタを用いたろ過を挙げることができる。ろ過に用いるフィルタのフィルタ孔径としては、10μm以下が好ましく、5μm以下がより好ましく、3μm以下が更に好ましい。フィルタの材質は、ポリテトラフロロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。 Methods for removing impurities such as metals from organic solvents include, for example, distillation (molecular distillation, thin-film distillation, etc.) and filtration using a filter. The filter used for filtration preferably has a pore size of 10 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or less, and even more preferably 3 μm or less. The filter material is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 有機溶剤は、異性体(原子数が同じであるが構造が異なる化合物)が含まれていてもよい。また、異性体は、1種のみが含まれていてもよいし、複数種含まれていてもよい。 The organic solvent may contain isomers (compounds with the same number of atoms but different structures). In addition, the organic solvent may contain only one type of isomer, or multiple types of isomers.
 有機溶剤中の過酸化物の含有率が0.8mmol/L以下であることが好ましく、過酸化物を実質的に含まないことがより好ましい。 The peroxide content in the organic solvent is preferably 0.8 mmol/L or less, and more preferably substantially free of peroxide.
 硬化性組成物中における溶剤の含有量は、10質量%~95質量%であることが好ましく、20質量%~90質量%であることがより好ましく、30質量%~90質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the solvent in the curable composition is preferably 10% by mass to 95% by mass, more preferably 20% by mass to 90% by mass, and even more preferably 30% by mass to 90% by mass.
 また、本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、環境規制の観点から環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないことが好ましい。なお、本開示において、環境規制物質を実質的に含有しないとは、硬化性組成物中における環境規制物質の含有量が50質量ppm以下であることを意味し、30質量ppm以下であることが好ましく、10質量ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、1質量ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。環境規制物質は、例えば、ベンゼン;トルエン、キシレン等のアルキルベンゼン類;クロロベンゼン等のハロゲン化ベンゼン類等が挙げられる。これらは、REACH(Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of CHemicals)規則、PRTR(Pollutant Release and Transfer Register)法、VOC(Volatile Organic Compounds)規制等のもとに環境規制物質として登録されており、使用量や取り扱い方法が厳しく規制されている。これらの化合物は、硬化性組成物に用いられる各成分などを製造する際に溶媒として用いられることがあり、残留溶媒として硬化性組成物中に混入することがある。人への安全性、環境への配慮の観点よりこれらの物質は可能な限り低減することが好ましい。環境規制物質を低減する方法としては、系中を加熱や減圧して環境規制物質の沸点以上にして系中から環境規制物質を留去して低減する方法が挙げられる。また、少量の環境規制物質を留去する場合においては、効率を上げる為に該当溶媒と同等の沸点を有する溶媒と共沸させることも有用である。また、ラジカル重合性を有する化合物を含有する場合、減圧留去中にラジカル重合反応が進行して分子間で架橋してしまうことを抑制するために重合禁止剤等を添加して減圧留去してもよい。これらの留去方法は、原料の段階、原料を反応させた生成物(例えば、重合した後の樹脂溶液や多官能モノマー溶液)の段階、又はこれらの化合物を混ぜて作製した硬化性組成物の段階などのいずれの段階でも可能である。 In addition, from the viewpoint of environmental regulations, it is preferable that the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of environmentally regulated substances. In this disclosure, substantially free of environmentally regulated substances means that the content of environmentally regulated substances in the curable composition is 50 ppm by mass or less, preferably 30 ppm by mass or less, more preferably 10 ppm by mass or less, and particularly preferably 1 ppm by mass or less. Examples of environmentally regulated substances include benzene; alkylbenzenes such as toluene and xylene; and halogenated benzenes such as chlorobenzene. These substances are registered as environmentally regulated substances under the REACH (Registration Evaluation Authorization and Restriction of Chemicals) Regulations, the PRTR (Pollutant Release and Transfer Register) Law, the VOC (Volatile Organic Compounds) Regulations, etc., and their usage and handling methods are strictly regulated. These compounds may be used as solvents when producing each component used in the curable composition, and may be mixed into the curable composition as a residual solvent. From the viewpoint of human safety and environmental consideration, it is preferable to reduce these substances as much as possible. As a method for reducing environmentally regulated substances, a method of reducing them by heating or reducing pressure in the system to a temperature above the boiling point of the environmentally regulated substance and distilling off the environmentally regulated substance from the system can be mentioned. In addition, when distilling off a small amount of environmentally regulated substances, it is useful to perform azeotropy with a solvent having a boiling point equivalent to that of the solvent in question in order to increase efficiency. In addition, when a radically polymerizable compound is contained, a polymerization inhibitor or the like may be added and then distilled off under reduced pressure in order to suppress the radical polymerization reaction from proceeding during distillation under reduced pressure and causing crosslinking between molecules. These distillation methods can be used at any stage, such as the stage of the raw materials, the stage of the product obtained by reacting the raw materials (for example, a resin solution or a polyfunctional monomer solution after polymerization), or the stage of the curable composition prepared by mixing these compounds.
<顔料誘導体>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、顔料誘導体を含有することができる。顔料誘導体は、例えば、分散助剤として用いられる。顔料誘導体としては、色素骨格に酸基又は塩基性基が結合した構造を有する化合物が挙げられる。
<Pigment Derivatives>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a pigment derivative. The pigment derivative is used, for example, as a dispersing aid. Examples of the pigment derivative include a compound having a structure in which an acid group or a basic group is bonded to a pigment skeleton.
 顔料誘導体を構成する色素骨格としては、キノリン色素骨格、ベンゾイミダゾロン色素骨格、ベンゾイソインドール色素骨格、ベンゾチアゾール色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、スクアリリウム色素骨格、クロコニウム色素骨格、オキソノール色素骨格、ピロロピロール色素骨格、ジケトピロロピロール色素骨格、アゾ色素骨格、アゾメチン色素骨格、フタロシアニン色素骨格、ナフタロシアニン色素骨格、アントラキノン色素骨格、キナクリドン色素骨格、ジオキサジン色素骨格、ペリノン色素骨格、ペリレン色素骨格、チオインジゴ色素骨格、イソインドリン色素骨格、イソインドリノン色素骨格、キノフタロン色素骨格、イミニウム色素骨格、ジチオール色素骨格、トリアリールメタン色素骨格、ピロメテン色素骨格等が挙げられる。  Examples of the pigment skeletons that make up the pigment derivatives include a quinoline dye skeleton, a benzimidazolone dye skeleton, a benzisoindole dye skeleton, a benzothiazole dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a squarylium dye skeleton, a croconium dye skeleton, an oxonol dye skeleton, a pyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, a diketopyrrolopyrrole dye skeleton, an azo dye skeleton, an azomethine dye skeleton, a phthalocyanine dye skeleton, a naphthalocyanine dye skeleton, an anthraquinone dye skeleton, a quinacridone dye skeleton, a dioxazine dye skeleton, a perinone dye skeleton, a perylene dye skeleton, a thioindigo dye skeleton, an isoindoline dye skeleton, an isoindolinone dye skeleton, a quinophthalone dye skeleton, an iminium dye skeleton, a dithiol dye skeleton, a triarylmethane dye skeleton, and a pyrromethene dye skeleton.
 酸基としては、カルボキシル基、スルホ基、リン酸基、ボロン酸基、カルボン酸アミド基、スルホン酸アミド基、イミド酸基及びこれらの塩等が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、アルカリ金属イオン(Li、Na、Kなど)、アルカリ土類金属イオン(Ca2+、Mg2+など)、アンモニウムイオン、イミダゾリウムイオン、ピリジニウムイオン、ホスホニウムイオンなどが挙げられる。カルボン酸アミド基としては、-NHCORX1で表される基が好ましい。スルホン酸アミド基としては、-NHSOX2で表される基が好ましい。イミド酸基としては、-SONHSOX3、-CONHSOX4、-CONHCORX5又はSONHCORX6で表される基が好ましく、-SONHSOX3がより好ましい。RX1~RX6は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RX1~RX6が表すアルキル基及びアリール基は、置換基を有してもよい。置換基としてはハロゲン原子であることが好ましく、フッ素原子であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the acid group include a carboxyl group, a sulfo group, a phosphoric acid group, a boronic acid group, a carboxylic acid amide group, a sulfonic acid amide group, an imide acid group, and salts thereof. Examples of atoms or atomic groups constituting the salt include an alkali metal ion (Li + , Na + , K + , etc.), an alkaline earth metal ion (Ca 2+ , Mg 2+ , etc.), an ammonium ion, an imidazolium ion, a pyridinium ion, and a phosphonium ion. Examples of the carboxylic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHCOR X1 . Examples of the sulfonic acid amide group include a group represented by -NHSO 2 R X2 . Examples of the imide acid group include a group represented by -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 , -CONHSO 2 R X4 , -CONHCOR X5 , or SO 2 NHCOR X6 , and more preferably -SO 2 NHSO 2 R X3 . R x1 to R x6 each independently represent an alkyl group or an aryl group. The alkyl group and aryl group represented by R x1 to R x6 may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a halogen atom, and more preferably a fluorine atom.
 塩基性基としては、アミノ基、ピリジニル基及びその塩、アンモニウム基の塩、並びにフタルイミドメチル基が挙げられる。塩を構成する原子又は原子団としては、水酸化物イオン、ハロゲンイオン、カルボン酸イオン、スルホン酸イオン、フェノキシドイオンなどが挙げられる。 Basic groups include amino groups, pyridinyl groups and their salts, salts of ammonium groups, and phthalimidomethyl groups. Atoms or atomic groups that make up the salts include hydroxide ions, halogen ions, carboxylate ions, sulfonate ions, and phenoxide ions.
 顔料誘導体は、可視透明性に優れた顔料誘導体(以下、透明顔料誘導体ともいう)を用いることもできる。透明顔料誘導体の400nm~700nmの波長領域におけるモル吸光係数の最大値(εmax)は、3,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが好ましく、1,000L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることがより好ましく、100L・mol-1・cm-1以下であることが更に好ましい。εmaxの下限は、例えば1L・mol-1・cm-1以上であり、10L・mol-1・cm-1以上でもよい。 The pigment derivative may be a pigment derivative having excellent visible transparency (hereinafter, also referred to as a transparent pigment derivative). The maximum molar absorption coefficient (εmax) of the transparent pigment derivative in the wavelength region of 400 nm to 700 nm is preferably 3,000 L mol -1 cm- 1 or less, more preferably 1,000 L mol -1 cm -1 or less, and even more preferably 100 L mol -1 cm -1 or less. The lower limit of εmax is, for example, 1 L mol -1 cm- 1 or more, and may be 10 L mol -1 cm -1 or more.
 顔料誘導体の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0124に記載の化合物、特開2018-168244号公報に記載のベンゾイミダゾロン化合物又はそれらの塩、特許第6996282号の一般式(1)に記載のイソインドリン骨格を有する化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of pigment derivatives include the compounds described in paragraph 0124 of WO 2022/085485, the benzimidazolone compounds or salts thereof described in JP 2018-168244 A, and the compounds having an isoindoline skeleton described in general formula (1) of Japanese Patent No. 6996282.
 顔料誘導体の含有量は、着色剤100質量部に対し、1質量部~30質量部が好ましく、3質量部~20質量部がより好ましい。また、顔料誘導体と着色剤との合計の含有量は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、35質量%以上であることが好ましく、40質量%以上がより好ましく、45質量%以上が更に好ましく、50質量%以上が特に好ましい。上限は、70質量%以下が好ましく、65質量%以下がより好ましい。顔料誘導体は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 The content of the pigment derivative is preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and more preferably 3 to 20 parts by mass, relative to 100 parts by mass of the colorant. The total content of the pigment derivative and the colorant is preferably 35% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, even more preferably 45% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 50% by mass or more, relative to the total solid content of the curable composition. The upper limit is preferably 70% by mass or less, and more preferably 65% by mass or less. Only one type of pigment derivative may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<ポリアルキレンイミン>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、ポリアルキレンイミンを含有することもできる。ポリアルキレンイミンは例えば顔料の分散助剤として用いられる。分散助剤とは、硬化性組成物中において顔料の分散性を高めるための素材のことである。ポリアルキレンイミンとは、アルキレンイミンを開環重合したポリマーであって、第二級アミノ基を少なくとも有するポリマーである。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第二級アミノ基の他に、第一級アミノ基、又は、第三級アミノ基を含んでいてもよい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、第一級アミノ基と、第二級アミノ基と、第三級アミノ基とをそれぞれ含む分岐構造を有するポリマーであることが好ましい。アルキレンイミンの炭素数は、2~6が好ましく、2~4がより好ましく、2又は3であることが更に好ましく、2であることが特に好ましい。
<Polyalkyleneimine>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may also contain a polyalkyleneimine. The polyalkyleneimine is used, for example, as a dispersing aid for pigments. The dispersing aid is a material for enhancing the dispersibility of the pigment in the curable composition. The polyalkyleneimine is a polymer obtained by ring-opening polymerization of an alkyleneimine, and is a polymer having at least a secondary amino group. The polyalkyleneimine may contain a primary amino group or a tertiary amino group in addition to the secondary amino group. The polyalkyleneimine is preferably a polymer having a branched structure containing a primary amino group, a secondary amino group, and a tertiary amino group. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyleneimine is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4, even more preferably 2 or 3, and particularly preferably 2.
 ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は、200以上であることが好ましく、250以上であることがより好ましい。上限は、100,000以下であることが好ましく、50,000以下であることがより好ましく、10,000以下であることが更に好ましく、2,000以下であることが特に好ましい。なお、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量の値について、構造式から分子量が計算できる場合は、ポリアルキレンイミンの分子量は構造式から計算した値である。一方、特定アミン化合物の分子量が構造式から計算できない、あるいは、計算が困難な場合には、沸点上昇法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、沸点上昇法でも測定できない、あるいは、測定が困難な場合は、粘度法で測定した数平均分子量の値を用いる。また、粘度法でも測定できない、あるいは、粘度法での測定が困難な場合は、GPC(ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィ)法により測定したポリスチレン換算値での数平均分子量の値を用いる。 The molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 200 or more, more preferably 250 or more. The upper limit is preferably 100,000 or less, more preferably 50,000 or less, even more preferably 10,000 or less, and particularly preferably 2,000 or less. In addition, when the value of the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine can be calculated from the structural formula, the molecular weight of the polyalkyleneimine is the value calculated from the structural formula. On the other hand, when the molecular weight of the specific amine compound cannot be calculated from the structural formula or is difficult to calculate, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the boiling point elevation method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the boiling point elevation method or is difficult to measure, the value of the number average molecular weight measured by the viscosity method is used. In addition, when the molecular weight cannot be measured by the viscosity method or is difficult to measure by the viscosity method, the value of the number average molecular weight in polystyrene equivalent value measured by the GPC (gel permeation chromatography) method is used.
 ポリアルキレンイミンのアミン価は、5mmol/g以上であることが好ましく、10mmol/g以上であることがより好ましく、15mmol/g以上であることが更に好ましい。 The amine value of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 5 mmol/g or more, more preferably 10 mmol/g or more, and even more preferably 15 mmol/g or more.
 アルキレンイミンの具体例としては、エチレンイミン、プロピレンイミン、1,2-ブチレンイミン、2,3-ブチレンイミンなどが挙げられ、エチレンイミン又はプロピレンイミンであることが好ましく、エチレンイミンであることがより好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、ポリエチレンイミンであることが特に好ましい。また、ポリエチレンイミンは、1級アミノ基を、1級アミノ基と2級アミノ基と3級アミノ基との合計に対して10モル%以上含むことが好ましく、20モル%以上含むことがより好ましく、30モル%以上含むことが更に好ましい。ポリエチレンイミンの市販品としては、エポミンSP-003、SP-006、SP-012、SP-018、SP-200、P-1000(以上、(株)日本触媒製)などが挙げられる。 Specific examples of alkyleneimines include ethyleneimine, propyleneimine, 1,2-butyleneimine, and 2,3-butyleneimine, with ethyleneimine or propyleneimine being preferred, and ethyleneimine being more preferred. The polyalkyleneimine is particularly preferably polyethyleneimine. Furthermore, the polyethyleneimine preferably contains primary amino groups in an amount of 10 mol% or more, more preferably 20 mol% or more, and even more preferably 30 mol% or more, based on the total of the primary amino groups, secondary amino groups, and tertiary amino groups. Commercially available polyethyleneimines include Epomin SP-003, SP-006, SP-012, SP-018, SP-200, and P-1000 (all manufactured by Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd.).
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、0.1質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。下限は0.2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、0.5質量%以上であることが更に好ましく、1質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は4.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、4質量%以下であることが更に好ましく、3質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。また、ポリアルキレンイミンの含有量は、顔料100質量部に対して0.5質量部~20質量部であることが好ましい。下限は0.6質量部以上であることがより好ましく、1質量部以上であることが更に好ましく、2質量部以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、8質量部以下であることが更に好ましい。ポリアルキレンイミンは、1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合はそれらの合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。 The content of the polyalkyleneimine in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.1% by mass to 5% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 0.2% by mass or more, even more preferably 0.5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 1% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 4.5% by mass or less, even more preferably 4% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 3% by mass or less. The content of the polyalkyleneimine is preferably 0.5 parts by mass to 20 parts by mass relative to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. The lower limit is more preferably 0.6 parts by mass or more, even more preferably 1 part by mass or more, and particularly preferably 2 parts by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 10 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 8 parts by mass or less. Only one type of polyalkyleneimine may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<硬化促進剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、硬化促進剤を含有することができる。硬化促進剤としては、チオール化合物、メチロール化合物、アミン化合物、ホスホニウム塩化合物、アミジン塩化合物、アミド化合物、塩基発生剤、イソシアネート化合物、アルコキシシラン化合物、オニウム塩化合物などが挙げられる。硬化促進剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0164に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における硬化促進剤の含有量は0.3質量%~8.9質量%であることが好ましく、0.8質量%~6.4質量%であることがより好ましい。
<Curing accelerator>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a curing accelerator. Examples of the curing accelerator include a thiol compound, a methylol compound, an amine compound, a phosphonium salt compound, an amidine salt compound, an amide compound, a base generator, an isocyanate compound, an alkoxysilane compound, and an onium salt compound. Specific examples of the curing accelerator include the compounds described in paragraph 0164 of WO 2022/085485.
The content of the curing accelerator in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.3 mass % to 8.9 mass %, and more preferably 0.8 mass % to 6.4 mass %.
<赤外線吸収剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を含有することができる。例えば、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて赤外線透過フィルタを形成する場合においては、硬化性組成物中に赤外線吸収剤を含有させることで得られる膜について透過させる光の波長をより長波長側にシフトさせることができる。赤外線吸収剤は、極大吸収波長を波長700nmよりも長波長側に有する化合物であることが好ましい。赤外線吸収剤は波長700nmを超え1800nm以下の範囲に極大吸収波長を有する化合物であることが好ましい。また、赤外線吸収剤の波長500nmにおける吸光度Aと極大吸収波長における吸光度Aとの比率A/Aは、0.08以下であることが好ましく、0.04以下であることがより好ましい。
<Infrared absorbent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an infrared absorbing agent. For example, when an infrared transmission filter is formed using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the wavelength of light transmitted through the film obtained by adding an infrared absorbing agent to the curable composition can be shifted to a longer wavelength side. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength on the longer wavelength side than a wavelength of 700 nm. The infrared absorbing agent is preferably a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength in the range of more than 700 nm and not more than 1800 nm. In addition, the ratio A 1 /A 2 between the absorbance A 1 at a wavelength of 500 nm of the infrared absorbing agent and the absorbance A 2 at the maximum absorption wavelength is preferably 0.08 or less, more preferably 0.04 or less.
 赤外線吸収剤としては、ピロロピロール化合物、シアニン化合物、スクアリリウム化合物、フタロシアニン化合物、ナフタロシアニン化合物、クアテリレン化合物、メロシアニン化合物、クロコニウム化合物、オキソノール化合物、イミニウム化合物、ジチオール化合物、トリアリールメタン化合物、ピロメテン化合物、アゾメチン化合物、アントラキノン化合物、ジベンゾフラノン化合物、ジチオレン金属錯体、金属酸化物、金属ホウ化物等が挙げられる。
 具体的には、国際公開第2022/065215号の段落0114~0121に記載の化合物、国際公開第2021/049441号の段落番号0144~0146に記載の化合物、特開2021-195515号公報に記載のクロコン酸化合物、特開2022-022070号公報に記載の近赤外線吸収性色素、国際公開第2019/021767号に記載のクロコニウム化合物、特開2019-127549号公報に記載の化合物、国際公開第2022/059619号に記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。
Examples of the infrared absorber include pyrrolopyrrole compounds, cyanine compounds, squarylium compounds, phthalocyanine compounds, naphthalocyanine compounds, quaterrylene compounds, merocyanine compounds, croconium compounds, oxonol compounds, iminium compounds, dithiol compounds, triarylmethane compounds, pyrromethene compounds, azomethine compounds, anthraquinone compounds, dibenzofuranone compounds, dithiolene metal complexes, metal oxides, and metal borides.
Specifically, the compounds described in paragraphs 0114 to 0121 of WO 2022/065215, the compounds described in paragraphs 0144 to 0146 of WO 2021/049441, the croconic acid compounds described in JP 2021-195515 A, the near infrared absorbing dyes described in JP 2022-022070 A, the croconium compounds described in WO 2019/021767 A, the compounds described in JP 2019-127549 A, and the compounds described in WO 2022/059619 A can also be used.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における赤外線吸収剤の含有量は、1質量%~40質量%であることが好ましい。下限は2質量%以上がより好ましく、5質量%以上が更に好ましく、10質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は30質量%以下がより好ましく、25質量%以下が更に好ましい。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、赤外線吸収剤を1種のみ含んでいてもよいし、2種以上含んでいてもよい。赤外線吸収剤を2種以上含む場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the infrared absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 1% by mass to 40% by mass. The lower limit is more preferably 2% by mass or more, even more preferably 5% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 10% by mass or more. The upper limit is more preferably 30% by mass or less, and even more preferably 25% by mass or less. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain only one type of infrared absorber, or may contain two or more types. When two or more types of infrared absorbers are contained, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<紫外線吸収剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、紫外線吸収剤を含有することができる。紫外線吸収剤としては、共役ジエン化合物、アミノジエン化合物、サリシレート化合物、ベンゾフェノン化合物、ベンゾトリアゾール化合物、アクリロニトリル化合物、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン化合物、インドール化合物、トリアジン化合物などが挙げられる。このような化合物の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0179に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。紫外線吸収剤として、特開2021-178918号公報に記載の反応性トリアジン紫外線吸収剤、特開2022-007884号公報に記載の紫外線吸収剤、KR1020220014454Aに記載の化合物等を用いることもできる。
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましい。紫外線吸収剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Ultraviolet absorbing agent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an ultraviolet absorber. Examples of ultraviolet absorbers include conjugated diene compounds, aminodiene compounds, salicylate compounds, benzophenone compounds, benzotriazole compounds, acrylonitrile compounds, hydroxyphenyltriazine compounds, indole compounds, and triazine compounds. Specific examples of such compounds include the compounds described in paragraph 0179 of International Publication No. 2022/085485. As the ultraviolet absorber, the reactive triazine ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2021-178918, the ultraviolet absorber described in JP-A-2022-007884, the compound described in KR1020220014454A, and the like can also be used.
The content of the ultraviolet absorber in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass. Only one type of ultraviolet absorber may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<重合禁止剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、重合禁止剤を含有することができる。重合禁止剤としては、ハイドロキノン、p-メトキシフェノール、ジ-tert-ブチル-p-クレゾール、ピロガロール、tert-ブチルカテコール、ベンゾキノン、4,4’-チオビス(3-メチル-6-tert-ブチルフェノール)、2,2’-メチレンビス(4-メチル-6-t-ブチルフェノール)、N-ニトロソフェニルヒドロキシアミン塩(アンモニウム塩、第一セリウム塩等)が挙げられる。中でも、p-メトキシフェノールが好ましい。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における重合禁止剤の含有量は、0.0001質量%~5質量%であることが好ましい。重合禁止剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Polymerization inhibitor>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a polymerization inhibitor. Examples of the polymerization inhibitor include hydroquinone, p-methoxyphenol, di-tert-butyl-p-cresol, pyrogallol, tert-butylcatechol, benzoquinone, 4,4'-thiobis(3-methyl-6-tert-butylphenol), 2,2'-methylenebis(4-methyl-6-t-butylphenol), and N-nitrosophenylhydroxyamine salt (ammonium salt, cerium salt, etc.). Among them, p-methoxyphenol is preferred. The content of the polymerization inhibitor in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.0001% by mass to 5% by mass. The polymerization inhibitor may be one type or two or more types. In the case of two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<シランカップリング剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、シランカップリング剤を含有することができる。本開示において、シランカップリング剤は、加水分解性基とそれ以外の官能基とを有するシラン化合物を意味する。また、加水分解性基とは、ケイ素原子に直結し、加水分解反応及び縮合反応の少なくともいずれかによってシロキサン結合を生じ得る置換基をいう。加水分解性基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基などが挙げられ、アルコキシ基が好ましい。すなわち、シランカップリング剤は、アルコキシシリル基を有する化合物が好ましい。また、加水分解性基以外の官能基としては、例えば、ビニル基、(メタ)アリル基、(メタ)アクリロイル基、メルカプト基、エポキシ基、オキセタニル基、アミノ基、ウレイド基、スルフィド基、イソシアネート基、フェニル基などが挙げられ、アミノ基、(メタ)アクリロイル基及びエポキシ基が好ましい。シランカップリング剤の具体例としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0177に記載の化合物、特開2019-183020号公報に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。
硬化性組成物の全固形分中におけるシランカップリング剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~15.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.05質量%~10.0質量%であることがより好ましい。
シランカップリング剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Silane coupling agent>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a silane coupling agent. In the present disclosure, the silane coupling agent refers to a silane compound having a hydrolyzable group and other functional groups. The hydrolyzable group refers to a substituent that is directly bonded to a silicon atom and can generate a siloxane bond by at least one of a hydrolysis reaction and a condensation reaction. Examples of the hydrolyzable group include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, and an acyloxy group, and an alkoxy group is preferred. That is, the silane coupling agent is preferably a compound having an alkoxysilyl group. Examples of functional groups other than the hydrolyzable group include a vinyl group, a (meth)allyl group, a (meth)acryloyl group, a mercapto group, an epoxy group, an oxetanyl group, an amino group, a ureido group, a sulfide group, an isocyanate group, and a phenyl group, and an amino group, a (meth)acryloyl group, and an epoxy group are preferred. Specific examples of the silane coupling agent include the compounds described in paragraph 0177 of WO 2022/085485 and the compounds described in JP-A 2019-183020.
The content of the silane coupling agent in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably from 0.01% by mass to 15.0% by mass, and more preferably from 0.05% by mass to 10.0% by mass.
The silane coupling agent may be one type or two or more types. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably within the above range.
<界面活性剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、界面活性剤を含有することができる。界面活性剤としては、フッ素系界面活性剤、ノニオン系界面活性剤、カチオン系界面活性剤、アニオン系界面活性剤、シリコーン系界面活性剤などの各種界面活性剤を使用することができる。界面活性剤はシリコーン系界面活性剤又はフッ素系界面活性剤であることが好ましい。界面活性剤については、国際公開第2015/166779号の段落番号0238~0245に記載された界面活性剤を参照することができ、この内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。
<Surfactant>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a surfactant. As the surfactant, various surfactants such as fluorine-based surfactants, nonionic surfactants, cationic surfactants, anionic surfactants, and silicone-based surfactants may be used. The surfactant is preferably a silicone-based surfactant or a fluorine-based surfactant. For the surfactant, reference may be made to the surfactants described in paragraphs 0238 to 0245 of WO 2015/166779, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
 フッ素系界面活性剤中のフッ素含有率は、3質量%~40質量%が好適であり、より好ましくは5質量%~30質量%であり、特に好ましくは7質量%~25質量%である。フッ素含有率がこの範囲内であるフッ素系界面活性剤は、塗布膜の厚さの均一性や省液性の点で効果的であり、硬化性組成物中における溶解性も良好である。 The fluorine content in the fluorosurfactant is preferably 3% to 40% by mass, more preferably 5% to 30% by mass, and particularly preferably 7% to 25% by mass. Fluorine surfactants with a fluorine content within this range are effective in terms of uniformity of the coating film thickness and liquid saving, and also have good solubility in the curable composition.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0167~0173に記載の化合物、特開2022-000494号公報に記載の含フッ素共重合体等を用いることもできる。 As fluorosurfactants, compounds described in paragraphs 0167 to 0173 of WO 2022/085485, fluorine-containing copolymers described in JP 2022-000494 A, etc. can also be used.
 ノニオン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0174に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 As a nonionic surfactant, the compounds described in paragraph 0174 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、DOWSIL SH8400、SH8400 FLUID、FZ-2122、67 Additive、74 Additive、M Additive、SF 8419 OIL(以上、ダウ・東レ(株)製)、TSF-4300、TSF-4445、TSF-4460、TSF-4452(以上、モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ社製)、KP-341、KF-6000、KF-6001、KF-6002、KF-6003(以上、信越化学工業(株)製)、BYK-307、BYK-322、BYK-323、BYK-330、BYK-333、BYK-3760、BYK-UV3510(以上、ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。 Silicone surfactants include DOWSIL SH8400, SH8400 FLUID, FZ-2122, 67 Additive, 74 Additive, M Additive, SF 8419 OIL (all manufactured by Dow Toray Co., Ltd.), TSF-4300, TSF-4445, TSF-4460, and TSF-4452 (all manufactured by Momen Co., Ltd.). Examples include BYK-307, BYK-322, BYK-323, BYK-330, BYK-333, BYK-3760, and BYK-UV3510 (manufactured by BYK-Chemie), etc.
 また、シリコーン系界面活性剤には下記構造の化合物を用いることもできる。  Also, compounds with the following structure can be used as silicone surfactants.
 硬化性組成物の全固形分中における界面活性剤の含有量は、0.001質量%~5.0質量%であることが好ましく、0.005質量%~3.0質量%であることがより好ましい。界面活性剤は、1種類のみでもよく、2種類以上でもよい。2種類以上の場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。 The content of the surfactant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.001% by mass to 5.0% by mass, and more preferably 0.005% by mass to 3.0% by mass. There may be only one type of surfactant, or two or more types. When there are two or more types, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is within the above range.
<酸化防止剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、酸化防止剤を含有することができる。酸化防止剤としては、フェノール化合物、亜リン酸エステル化合物、チオエーテル化合物などが挙げられる。フェノール化合物としては、フェノール系酸化防止剤として知られる任意のフェノール化合物を使用することができる。好ましいフェノール化合物としては、ヒンダードフェノール化合物が挙げられる。フェノール性ヒドロキシ基に隣接する部位(オルト位)に置換基を有する化合物が好ましい。上述の置換基としては炭素数1~22の置換又は無置換のアルキル基が好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、同一分子内にフェノール基と亜リン酸エステル基を有する化合物も好ましい。また、酸化防止剤は、リン系酸化防止剤も好適に使用することができる。リン系酸化防止剤としてはトリス[2-[[2,4,8,10-テトラキス(1,1-ジメチルエチル)ジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-6-イル]オキシ]エチル]アミン、トリス[2-[(4,6,9,11-テトラ-tert-ブチルジベンゾ[d,f][1,3,2]ジオキサホスフェピン-2-イル)オキシ]エチル]アミン、亜リン酸エチルビス(2,4-ジ-tert-ブチル-6-メチルフェニル)などが挙げられる。酸化防止剤の市販品としては、例えば、アデカスタブ AO-20、アデカスタブ AO-30、アデカスタブ AO-40、アデカスタブ AO-50、アデカスタブ AO-50F、アデカスタブ AO-60、アデカスタブ AO-60G、アデカスタブ AO-80、アデカスタブ AO-330(以上、(株)ADEKA製)などが挙げられる。また、酸化防止剤は、特許第6268967号公報の段落番号0023~0048に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/006600号に記載された化合物、国際公開第2017/164024号に記載された化合物、韓国公開特許第10-2019-0059371号公報に記載された化合物を使用することもできる。硬化性組成物の全固形分中における酸化防止剤の含有量は、0.01質量%~20質量%であることが好ましく、0.3質量%~15質量%であることがより好ましい。酸化防止剤は1種のみを用いてもよく、2種以上を用いてもよい。2種以上を用いる場合は、それらの合計量が上記範囲となることが好ましい。
<Antioxidants>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain an antioxidant. Examples of the antioxidant include phenolic compounds, phosphite compounds, and thioether compounds. As the phenolic compound, any phenolic compound known as a phenolic antioxidant may be used. A preferred phenolic compound is a hindered phenolic compound. A compound having a substituent at the site (ortho position) adjacent to the phenolic hydroxy group is preferred. As the above-mentioned substituent, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group having 1 to 22 carbon atoms is preferred. In addition, the antioxidant is also preferably a compound having a phenolic group and a phosphite group in the same molecule. In addition, a phosphorus-based antioxidant may also be suitably used as the antioxidant. Examples of phosphorus-based antioxidants include tris[2-[[2,4,8,10-tetrakis(1,1-dimethylethyl)dibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-6-yl]oxy]ethyl]amine, tris[2-[(4,6,9,11-tetra-tert-butyldibenzo[d,f][1,3,2]dioxaphosphepin-2-yl)oxy]ethyl]amine, and ethylbis(2,4-di-tert-butyl-6-methylphenyl)phosphite. Commercially available antioxidants include, for example, Adeka STAB AO-20, Adeka STAB AO-30, Adeka STAB AO-40, Adeka STAB AO-50, Adeka STAB AO-50F, Adeka STAB AO-60, Adeka STAB AO-60G, Adeka STAB AO-80, and Adeka STAB AO-330 (manufactured by ADEKA Corporation). In addition, the antioxidant may be a compound described in paragraphs 0023 to 0048 of Japanese Patent No. 6268967, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/006600, a compound described in International Publication No. WO 2017/164024, or a compound described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2019-0059371. The content of the antioxidant in the total solid content of the curable composition is preferably 0.01% by mass to 20% by mass, and more preferably 0.3% by mass to 15% by mass. Only one type of antioxidant may be used, or two or more types may be used. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total amount thereof is in the above range.
<連鎖移動剤>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、密着性及び基材密着性の観点から、連鎖移動剤を更に含むことが好ましい。
 連鎖移動剤としては、チオール化合物(以下、「チオール系連鎖移動剤」ともいう。)、チオカルボニルチオ化合物、芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体などが挙げられ、少量の配合量であってもパターンの線幅を調整し易いという理由からチオール系連鎖移動剤が好ましい。
 また、チオール系連鎖移動剤によれば、感度及び基材密着性をより向上することができ、ラジカル重合開始剤の使用量を減らすことができ、本開示の硬化性組成物の硬化物において残渣が生じることを抑制することができる。
 なお、連鎖移動剤は、着色が少ない化合物であることが好ましい。
<Chain Transfer Agent>
From the viewpoints of adhesion and adhesion to a substrate, the curable composition according to the present disclosure preferably further contains a chain transfer agent.
Examples of the chain transfer agent include a thiol compound (hereinafter also referred to as a "thiol-based chain transfer agent"), a thiocarbonylthio compound, and an aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer. Thiol-based chain transfer agents are preferred because they make it easy to adjust the line width of the pattern even when used in a small amount.
In addition, the use of a thiol-based chain transfer agent can further improve sensitivity and adhesion to a substrate, reduce the amount of radical polymerization initiator used, and suppress the generation of residues in the cured product of the curable composition of the present disclosure.
The chain transfer agent is preferably a compound that is less colored.
-チオール系連鎖移動剤-
 チオール系連鎖移動剤は、チオール基を1個以上有する化合物であり、チオール基を2個以上有する化合物であることが好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤に含まれるチオール基の数の上限は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましく、10以下が更に好ましく、8以下が特に好ましく、6以下が最も好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤に含まれるチオール基の数の下限は、3以上が好ましい。密着性の観点から、チオール系連鎖移動剤はチオール基を4個有する化合物であることが特に好ましい。チオール系連鎖移動剤は、チオール基が結合する炭素が置換基を有するチオール系連鎖移動剤であることが好ましく、チオール基が結合する炭素が置換基としてアルキル基を有するチオール系連鎖移動剤であることがより好ましい。
- Thiol-based chain transfer agent -
The thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having one or more thiol groups, and is preferably a compound having two or more thiol groups. The upper limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of the number of thiol groups contained in the thiol chain transfer agent is preferably 3 or more. From the viewpoint of adhesion, it is particularly preferable that the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound having four thiol groups. The thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has a substituent, and more preferably a thiol chain transfer agent in which the carbon to which the thiol group is bonded has an alkyl group as a substituent.
 また、チオール系連鎖移動剤は、多官能アルコールから誘導される化合物であることも好ましい。 It is also preferred that the thiol chain transfer agent is a compound derived from a polyfunctional alcohol.
 チオール系連鎖移動剤は、下記式(SH-1)で表される化合物であることが好ましい。
 L-(SH)   式(SH-1)
 式中、SHはチオール基を表し、Lは、n価の基を表し、nは1以上の整数を表す。
The thiol chain transfer agent is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (SH-1).
L 1 -(SH) n formula (SH-1)
In the formula, SH represents a thiol group, L1 represents an n-valent group, and n represents an integer of 1 or more.
 式(SH-1)において、Lが表すn価の基としては、炭化水素基、複素環基、-O-、-S-、-NR-、-CO-、-COO-、-OCO-、-SO-もしくはこれらの組み合わせからなる基が挙げられる。Rは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、水素原子が好ましい。炭化水素基は、脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、芳香族炭化水素基であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、環状であってもよく、非環状であってもよい。また、脂肪族炭化水素基は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよく、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素基であってもよい。炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよく、置換基を有していなくてもよい。また、環状の脂肪族炭化水素基、及び、芳香族炭化水素基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基は、単環であってもよく、縮合環であってもよい。複素環基としては、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。複素環基は、脂肪族複素環基であっても、芳香族複素環基であってもよい。また、複素環基を構成するヘテロ原子としては、窒素原子、酸素原子、硫黄原子などが挙げられる。Lを構成する炭素原子の数は、3~100であることが好ましく、6~50であることがより好ましい。 In formula (SH-1), examples of the n-valent group represented by L 1 include a hydrocarbon group, a heterocyclic group, -O-, -S-, -NR-, -CO-, -COO-, -OCO-, -SO 2 -, or a group consisting of a combination thereof. R represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group, and is preferably a hydrogen atom. The hydrocarbon group may be an aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an aromatic hydrocarbon group. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be cyclic or noncyclic. The aliphatic hydrocarbon group may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon group. The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent or may not have a substituent. The cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon group and the aromatic hydrocarbon group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group may be a monocyclic ring or a condensed ring. The heterocyclic group is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may be an aliphatic heterocyclic group or an aromatic heterocyclic group. Examples of heteroatoms constituting the heterocyclic group include a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, etc. The number of carbon atoms constituting L1 is preferably 3 to 100, and more preferably 6 to 50.
 式(SH-1)において、nは1以上の整数を表す。nの上限は、20以下が好ましく、15以下がより好ましく、10以下が更に好ましく、8以下が特に好ましく、6以下が最も好ましい。nの下限は、2以上が好ましく、3以上がより好ましい。nは4であることが特に好ましい。 In formula (SH-1), n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 15 or less, even more preferably 10 or less, particularly preferably 8 or less, and most preferably 6 or less. The lower limit of n is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 3 or more. It is particularly preferable that n is 4.
 チオール系連鎖移動剤の具体例としては、下記構造の化合物が挙げられる。また、チオール系連鎖移動剤の市販品としては、PEMP(SC有機化学株式会社製、サンセラー M(三新化学工業(株)製)、カレンズMT BD1(昭和電工(株)製)なども挙げられる。 Specific examples of thiol chain transfer agents include compounds with the following structure. Commercially available thiol chain transfer agents include PEMP (manufactured by SC Organic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Suncerer M (manufactured by Sanshin Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), and Karenz MT BD1 (manufactured by Showa Denko K.K.).
-チオカルボニルチオ化合物-
 チオカルボニルチオ化合物としては、分子内にチオカルボニルチオ基(-S-C(=S)-)を有する化合物であって、ビス(チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド化合物(下記式(SC-1)で表される化合物)、ジチオエステル化合物(下記式(SC-2)で表される化合物)、トリチオカルボナート化合物(下記式(SC-3)で表される化合物)、ジチオカルバマート化合物(下記式(SC-4)で表される化合物)、キサンタート化合物(下記式(SC-5)で表される化合物)等が挙げられる。
-Thiocarbonylthio compounds-
The thiocarbonylthio compound is a compound having a thiocarbonylthio group (-S-C(=S)-) in the molecule, and examples thereof include bis(thiocarbonyl)disulfide compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-1) below), dithioester compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-2) below), trithiocarbonate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-3) below), dithiocarbamate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-4) below), and xanthate compounds (compounds represented by formula (SC-5) below).
 式(SC-1)~式(SC-5)中、Z~Z11はそれぞれ独立に、置換基を表す。 In formulae (SC-1) to (SC-5), Z 1 to Z 11 each independently represent a substituent.
 Z~Z11が表す置換基としては、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、-SRZ1、-NRZ1Z2、-NRZ1-NRZ2Z3、-COORZ1、-OCORZ1、-CONRZ1Z2、-P(=O)(ORZ1又は-O-P(=O)RZ1Z2(ただし、RZ1、RZ2及びRZ3はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基である。)等が挙げられる。また、上記の基のうち、炭素原子に結合する水素原子の1個以上がシアノ基、カルボキシル基等で置換されていてもよい。
 アルキル基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~15がより好ましく、1~8が更に好ましい。アルキル基は、直鎖、分岐、環状のいずれでもよく、直鎖又は分岐が好ましい。
 アリール基の炭素数は、6~30が好ましく、6~20がより好ましく、6~12が更に好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、単環のヘテロアリール基又は縮合数が2~8の縮合環のヘテロアリール基が好ましく、単環のヘテロアリール基又は縮合数が2~4の縮合環のヘテロアリール基がより好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子の数は1~3が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成するヘテロ原子は、窒素原子、酸素原子又は硫黄原子が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基は、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。ヘテロアリール基の環を構成する炭素原子の数は、3~30が好ましく、3~18がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい。
Examples of the substituents represented by Z 1 to Z 11 include an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, -SR Z1 , -NR Z1 R Z2 , -NR Z1 -NR Z2 R Z3 , -COOR Z1 , -OCOR Z1 , -CONR Z1 R Z2 , -P(═O)(OR Z1 ) 2 or -O-P(═O)R Z1 R Z2 (wherein R Z1 , R Z2 and R Z3 are each independently an alkyl group, an aryl group or a heteroaryl group), etc. Among the above groups, one or more hydrogen atoms bonded to the carbon atom may be substituted with a cyano group, a carboxyl group, etc.
The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 15, and still more preferably 1 to 8. The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and is preferably linear or branched.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group is preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 8 condensed rings, more preferably a monocyclic heteroaryl group or a heteroaryl group having 2 to 4 condensed rings. The number of heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 1 to 3. The heteroatoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group are preferably nitrogen atoms, oxygen atoms, or sulfur atoms. The heteroaryl group is preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring. The number of carbon atoms constituting the ring of the heteroaryl group is preferably 3 to 30, more preferably 3 to 18, and even more preferably 3 to 12.
 ビス(チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド化合物の具体例としては、テトラエチルチウラムジスルフィド、テトラメチルチウラムジスルフィド、ビス(n-オクチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ドデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(ベンジルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ブチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(t-ブチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘプチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘキシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ペンチルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ノニルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-デシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(t-ドデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-テトラデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-ヘキサデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド、ビス(n-オクタデシルメルカプト-チオカルボニル)ジスルフィド等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of bis(thiocarbonyl) disulfide compounds include tetraethyl thiuram disulfide, tetramethyl thiuram disulfide, bis(n-octyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-dodecyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(benzyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-butyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-heptyl mercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n- Examples of such disulfides include bis(n-hexylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-pentylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-nonylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-decylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(t-dodecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-tetradecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, bis(n-hexadecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide, and bis(n-octadecylmercapto-thiocarbonyl) disulfide.
 ジチオエステル化合物の具体例としては、2-フェニル-2-プロピルベンゾチオエート、4-シアノ-4-(フェニルチオカルボニルチオ)ペンタン酸、2-シアノ-2-プロピルベンゾジチオエート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of dithioester compounds include 2-phenyl-2-propyl benzothioate, 4-cyano-4-(phenylthiocarbonylthio)pentanoic acid, and 2-cyano-2-propyl benzodithioate.
 トリチオカルボナート化合物の具体例としては、S-(2-シアノ-2-プロピル)-S-ドデシルトリチオカーボネート、4-シアノ-4-[(ドデシルスルファニル-チオカルボニル)スルファニル]ペンタン酸、シアノメチルドデシルトリチオカルボナート、2-(ドデシルチオカルボノチオールチオ)-2-メチルプロピオン酸等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of trithiocarbonate compounds include S-(2-cyano-2-propyl)-S-dodecyl trithiocarbonate, 4-cyano-4-[(dodecylsulfanyl-thiocarbonyl)sulfanyl]pentanoic acid, cyanomethyl dodecyl trithiocarbonate, and 2-(dodecylthiocarbonothiolthio)-2-methylpropionic acid.
 ジチオカルバマート化合物の具体例として、シアノメチルメチル(フェニル)カルバモジチオエート、シアノメチルジフェニルカルバモ-ジチオエート等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of dithiocarbamate compounds include cyanomethylmethyl(phenyl)carbamodithioate and cyanomethyldiphenylcarbamo-dithioate.
 キサンタート化合物の具体例として、キサントゲン酸エステル等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of xanthate compounds include xanthogenate esters.
-芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体-
 芳香族α-メチルアルケニルの2量体としては、2,4-ジフェニル-4-メチル-1-ペンテンなどが挙げられる。
- Aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer -
An example of the aromatic α-methylalkenyl dimer is 2,4-diphenyl-4-methyl-1-pentene.
 また、連鎖移動剤としては、リビング重合の1種であるRAFT(Reversible Addition-Fragmentation chain Transfer)重合におけるRAFT剤で用いられるようなトリチオカーボネート化合物も好ましく使用することができる。 Furthermore, as a chain transfer agent, a trithiocarbonate compound such as that used as a RAFT agent in reversible addition-fragmentation chain transfer (RAFT) polymerization, which is a type of living polymerization, can also be preferably used.
 連鎖移動剤の分子量は、昇華による装置汚染を抑制できる等の理由から、200以上であることが好ましい。上限は、単位質量あたりのSH価数を高めることができるという理由から、1,000以下が好ましく、800以下がより好ましく、600以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the chain transfer agent is preferably 200 or more, since this can suppress contamination of the apparatus due to sublimation. The upper limit is preferably 1,000 or less, more preferably 800 or less, and even more preferably 600 or less, since this can increase the SH valence per unit mass.
 連鎖移動剤の含有量は、密着性の観点から、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対し、0.01質量%~10質量%であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~5質量%であることがより好ましく、0.05質量%~1質量%であることが更に好ましい。連鎖移動剤は、1種のみを用いてもよいし、2種以上を併用してもよい。 From the viewpoint of adhesion, the content of the chain transfer agent is preferably 0.01% by mass to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 5% by mass, and even more preferably 0.05% by mass to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. Only one type of chain transfer agent may be used, or two or more types may be used in combination.
<その他成分>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、必要に応じて、増感剤、硬化促進剤、フィラー、熱硬化促進剤、可塑剤及びその他の助剤類(例えば、導電性粒子、消泡剤、難燃剤、レベリング剤、剥離促進剤、香料、表面張力調整剤など)を含有してもよい。これらの成分を適宜含有させることにより、膜物性などの性質を調整することができる。これらの成分は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0182に記載の化合物、特開2021-195421に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂、特開2021-195422号公報に記載のキサンテン型エポキシ樹脂等を用いることもできる。
<Other ingredients>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain, as necessary, a sensitizer, a curing accelerator, a filler, a heat curing accelerator, a plasticizer, and other auxiliaries (e.g., conductive particles, defoamers, flame retardants, leveling agents, peeling accelerators, fragrances, surface tension adjusters, etc.). By appropriately incorporating these components, it is possible to adjust properties such as film properties. As these components, the compounds described in paragraph 0182 of WO 2022/085485, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195421, the xanthene type epoxy resins described in JP 2021-195422 A, and the like can also be used.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、得られる膜の屈折率を調整するために金属酸化物を含有させてもよい。金属酸化物としては、TiO、ZrO、Al、SiO等が挙げられる。金属酸化物の一次粒子径は1nm~100nmが好ましく、3nm~70nmがより好ましく、5nm~50nmが更に好ましい。金属酸化物はコア-シェル構造を有していてもよい。また、この場合、コア部は中空状であってもよい。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a metal oxide in order to adjust the refractive index of the resulting film. Examples of the metal oxide include TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , and SiO 2 . The primary particle size of the metal oxide is preferably 1 nm to 100 nm, more preferably 3 nm to 70 nm, and even more preferably 5 nm to 50 nm. The metal oxide may have a core-shell structure. In this case, the core may be hollow.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、耐光性改良剤を含んでもよい。耐光性改良剤としては、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0183に記載の化合物を用いることもできる。 The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain a light resistance improver. The light resistance improver may be a compound described in paragraph 0183 of WO 2022/085485.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、テレフタル酸エステルを実質的に含まないことも好ましい。ここで、「実質的に含まない」とは、テレフタル酸エステルの含有量が、硬化性組成物の全量中、1000質量ppb以下であることを意味し、100質量ppb以下であることがより好ましく、ゼロであることが特に好ましい。 It is also preferable that the curable composition according to the present disclosure is substantially free of terephthalic acid esters. Here, "substantially free" means that the content of terephthalic acid esters in the total amount of the curable composition is 1000 ppb by mass or less, more preferably 100 ppb by mass or less, and particularly preferably zero.
 環境規制の観点から、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用が規制されることがある。本開示に係る硬化性組成物において、上記した化合物の含有率を小さくする場合、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸)及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸(特にパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数が6~8のパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸)及びその塩の含有率は、硬化性組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01ppb~1,000ppbの範囲であることが好ましく、0.05ppb~500ppbの範囲であることがより好ましく、0.1ppb~300ppbの範囲であることが更に好ましい。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まなくてもよい。例えば、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の代替となりうる化合物を用いることで、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を実質的に含まない硬化性組成物を選択してもよい。規制化合物の代替となりうる化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数の違いによって規制対象から除外された化合物が挙げられる。ただし、上記した内容は、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩の使用を妨げるものではない。本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、許容される最大の範囲内で、パーフルオロアルキルスルホン酸及びその塩、並びにパーフルオロアルキルカルボン酸及びその塩を含んでもよい。 From the viewpoint of environmental regulations, the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts may be restricted. When the content of the above-mentioned compounds is reduced in the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the content of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid (particularly perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid having 6 to 8 carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group) and its salts is preferably in the range of 0.01 ppb to 1,000 ppb, more preferably in the range of 0.05 ppb to 500 ppb, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1 ppb to 300 ppb, based on the total solid content of the curable composition. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may be substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salts, and perfluoroalkylcarboxylic acid and its salts. For example, by using a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and a compound that can be a substitute for perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt, a curable composition that is substantially free of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt may be selected. Examples of compounds that can be a substitute for regulated compounds include compounds that are excluded from regulation due to the difference in the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group. However, the above content does not prevent the use of perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt. The curable composition according to the present disclosure may contain perfluoroalkylsulfonic acid and its salt, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylic acid and its salt within the maximum allowable range.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物の含水率は、3質量%以下であることが好ましく、0.01質量%~1.5質量%がより好ましく、0.1質量%~1.0質量%の範囲であることが更に好ましい。含水率は、カールフィッシャー法にて測定することができる。 The moisture content of the curable composition according to the present disclosure is preferably 3% by mass or less, more preferably 0.01% by mass to 1.5% by mass, and even more preferably in the range of 0.1% by mass to 1.0% by mass. The moisture content can be measured by the Karl Fischer method.
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、膜面状(平坦性など)の調整、膜厚の調整などを目的として粘度を調整して用いることができる。粘度の値は必要に応じて適宜選択することができるが、例えば、25℃において0.3mPa・s~50mPa・sが好ましく、0.5mPa・s~20mPa・sがより好ましい。粘度の測定方法としては、例えば、コーンプレートタイプの粘度計を使用し、25℃に温度調整を施した状態で測定することができる。
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、環境対応、異物発生の抑制、装置汚染の抑制などの観点から、硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオン量が10,000ppm以下であることが好ましく、1000ppm以下であることがより好ましい。硬化性組成物中の塩化物イオンを上記範囲とするためには、塩化物イオン含有量が少ない原料を使用すること、水洗、イオン交換樹脂、フィルタろ過などで塩化物イオンを除去する方法などが挙げられる。塩化物イオンの測定方法としては公知の方法を使用でき、例えば、イオンクロマトグラフィー、燃焼イオンクロマトグラフィーなどが挙げられる。
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can be used by adjusting the viscosity for the purpose of adjusting the film surface state (flatness, etc.), adjusting the film thickness, etc. The value of the viscosity can be appropriately selected as necessary, and is preferably 0.3 mPa·s to 50 mPa·s, and more preferably 0.5 mPa·s to 20 mPa·s at 25° C., for example. The viscosity can be measured, for example, using a cone-plate type viscometer, with the temperature adjusted to 25° C.
In the curable composition according to the present disclosure, the amount of chloride ions in the curable composition is preferably 10,000 ppm or less, more preferably 1000 ppm or less, from the viewpoints of environmental friendliness, suppression of foreign matter generation, suppression of equipment contamination, etc. In order to set the chloride ions in the curable composition within the above range, a raw material with a low chloride ion content may be used, and a method of removing chloride ions by water washing, ion exchange resin, filter filtration, etc. may be used. A known method may be used to measure chloride ions, and examples of the method include ion chromatography and combustion ion chromatography.
<収容容器>
 硬化性組成物の収容容器としては、特に限定はなく、公知の収容容器を用いることができる。また、収容容器として、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0187に記載の容器を用いることもできる。
<Containment container>
The container for storing the curable composition is not particularly limited, and a known container can be used. In addition, the container described in paragraph 0187 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used as the container.
<硬化性組成物の調製方法>
 本開示に係る硬化性組成物は、前述の成分を混合して調製できる。硬化性組成物の調製に際しては、全成分を同時に溶剤に溶解及び/又は分散して硬化性組成物を調製してもよいし、必要に応じて、各成分を適宜2つ以上の溶液又は分散液としておいて、使用時(塗布時)にこれらを混合して硬化性組成物を調製してもよい。
<Method of preparing curable composition>
The curable composition according to the present disclosure can be prepared by mixing the above-mentioned components. When preparing the curable composition, all components may be simultaneously dissolved and/or dispersed in a solvent to prepare the curable composition, or, if necessary, each component may be appropriately prepared as two or more solutions or dispersions, which are mixed at the time of use (at the time of application) to prepare the curable composition.
 また、硬化性組成物の調製に際して、顔料を分散させるプロセスを含むことが好ましい。顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいて、顔料の分散に用いる機械力としては、圧縮、圧搾、衝撃、剪断、キャビテーションなどが挙げられる。これらプロセスの具体例としては、ビーズミル、サンドミル、ロールミル、ボールミル、ペイントシェーカー、マイクロフルイダイザー、高速インペラー、サンドグラインダー、フロージェットミキサー、高圧湿式微粒化、超音波分散などが挙げられる。またサンドミル(ビーズミル)における顔料の粉砕においては、径の小さいビーズを使用する、ビーズの充填率を大きくする事等により粉砕効率を高めた条件で処理することが好ましい。また、粉砕処理後にろ過、遠心分離などで粗粒子を除去することが好ましい。また、顔料を分散させるプロセス及び分散機は、「分散技術大全集、株式会社情報機構発行、2005年7月15日」や「サスペンション(固/液分散系)を中心とした分散技術と工業的応用の実際 総合資料集、経営開発センター出版部発行、1978年10月10日」、特開2015-157893号公報の段落番号0022に記載のプロセス及び分散機を好適に使用できる。また顔料を分散させるプロセスにおいては、ソルトミリング工程にて粒子の微細化処理を行ってもよい。ソルトミリング工程に用いられる素材、機器、処理条件等は、例えば、特開2015-194521号公報、特開2012-046629号公報の記載を参酌できる。分散に使用するビーズとしては、ジルコニア、メノウ、石英、チタニア、タングステンカーバイト、窒化ケイ素、アルミナ、ステンレス鋼、ガラス又はそれらの組み合わせを使用できる。また、モース硬度が2以上の無機化合物を使用できる。組成物中に上記ビーズが1~10000ppm含まれていてもよい。 In addition, when preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to include a process for dispersing the pigment. In the process for dispersing the pigment, mechanical forces used to disperse the pigment include compression, squeezing, impact, shear, and cavitation. Specific examples of these processes include bead mills, sand mills, roll mills, ball mills, paint shakers, microfluidizers, high-speed impellers, sand grinders, flow jet mixers, high-pressure wet atomization, and ultrasonic dispersion. In addition, when grinding the pigment in a sand mill (bead mill), it is preferable to use beads with a small diameter and increase the bead packing rate, thereby increasing the grinding efficiency. In addition, it is preferable to remove coarse particles by filtration, centrifugation, or the like after the grinding process. In addition, the process and dispersing machine for dispersing the pigment may preferably be the process and dispersing machine described in "Dispersion Technology Encyclopedia, published by Joho Kika Co., Ltd., July 15, 2005" or "Dispersion Technology and Industrial Application Practice Focusing on Suspension (Solid/Liquid Dispersion System) - Comprehensive Data Collection, published by Management Development Center Publishing Department, October 10, 1978", and paragraph number 0022 of JP2015-157893A. In addition, in the process for dispersing the pigment, a salt milling process may be performed to refine the particles. For the materials, equipment, processing conditions, etc. used in the salt milling process, the descriptions in, for example, JP2015-194521A and JP2012-046629A may be referred to. As beads used for dispersion, zirconia, agate, quartz, titania, tungsten carbide, silicon nitride, alumina, stainless steel, glass, or a combination thereof may be used. In addition, an inorganic compound having a Mohs hardness of 2 or more may be used. The composition may contain 1 to 10,000 ppm of the beads.
 硬化性組成物の調製にあたり、異物の除去や欠陥の低減などの目的で、硬化性組成物をフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0196~0199に記載のフィルタ及びろ過方法を用いることもできる。 When preparing the curable composition, it is preferable to filter the curable composition with a filter for the purpose of removing foreign matter and reducing defects. For example, the filters and filtration methods described in paragraphs 0196 to 0199 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
(硬化物、及び、膜)
 本開示に係る硬化物は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を硬化してなる硬化物である。
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物から得られる膜であり、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜であることが好ましい。本開示に係る膜は、カラーフィルタや赤外線透過フィルタなどの光学フィルタなどに用いることができる。特に具体的には、カラーフィルタの着色画素として好ましく用いることができる。着色画素としては、赤色画素、緑色画素、青色画素、マゼンタ色画素、シアン色画素、黄色画素などが挙げられ、緑色画素、青色画素であることが好ましく、緑色画素であることが更に好ましい。
(Cured product and film)
The cured product according to the present disclosure is a cured product obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure.
The film according to the present disclosure is a film obtained from the curable composition according to the present disclosure, and is preferably a film obtained by curing the curable composition according to the present disclosure. The film according to the present disclosure can be used for optical filters such as color filters and infrared transmission filters. In particular, it can be preferably used as a color pixel of a color filter. Examples of the color pixel include a red pixel, a green pixel, a blue pixel, a magenta pixel, a cyan pixel, and a yellow pixel, and the like. The color pixel is preferably a green pixel or a blue pixel, and more preferably a green pixel.
 本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できるが、0.1μm~20μmであることが好ましい。膜厚の上限は10μm以下であることがより好ましく、5μm以下であることが更に好ましく、3μm以下であることが特に好ましく、1.5μm以下であることが最も好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The thickness of the film according to the present disclosure can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose, but is preferably 0.1 μm to 20 μm. The upper limit of the film thickness is more preferably 10 μm or less, even more preferably 5 μm or less, particularly preferably 3 μm or less, and most preferably 1.5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
(硬化物の製造方法、及び、膜の製造方法)
 本開示に係る硬化物の製造方法、及び、本開示に係る膜の製造方法は、特に制限はないが、本開示に係る硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmの光を照射する工程を含むことが好ましい。
 波長150nm~300nmの光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられる。
 また、波長150nm~300nmの光は、エキシマレーザーであることが好ましい。
 得られる硬化物の形状は、特に制限はないが、膜状であることが好ましい。
(Method for producing a cured product and method for producing a film)
The method for producing a cured product according to the present disclosure and the method for producing a film according to the present disclosure are not particularly limited, but preferably include a step of irradiating the curable composition according to the present disclosure with light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
Examples of light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm include KrF radiation (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF radiation (wavelength 193 nm).
The light having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm is preferably an excimer laser.
The shape of the resulting cured product is not particularly limited, but is preferably a film.
 本開示に係る膜は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を支持体に塗布する工程を経て製造できる。膜の製造方法においては、更にパターン(画素)を形成する工程を含むことが好ましい。パターン(画素)の形成方法としては、フォトリソグラフィ法、ドライエッチング法が挙げられ、フォトリソグラフィ法が好ましい。 The film according to the present disclosure can be produced through a process of applying the curable composition according to the present disclosure to a support. The film production method preferably further includes a process of forming a pattern (pixels). Methods for forming the pattern (pixels) include photolithography and dry etching, with photolithography being preferred.
 フォトリソグラフィ法によるパターン形成は、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する工程と、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する工程と、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する工程と、を含むことが好ましい。必要に応じて、硬化性組成物層をベークする工程(プリベーク工程)、及び、現像されたパターン(画素)をベークする工程(ポストベーク工程)を設けてもよい。 Pattern formation by photolithography preferably includes a step of forming a curable composition layer on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure, a step of exposing the curable composition layer in a pattern, and a step of developing and removing the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer to form a pattern (pixels). If necessary, a step of baking the curable composition layer (pre-bake step) and a step of baking the developed pattern (pixels) (post-bake step) may be provided.
 硬化性組成物層を形成する工程では、本開示に係る硬化性組成物を用いて、支持体上に硬化性組成物層を形成する。支持体としては、特に限定は無く、用途に応じて適宜選択できる。例えば、ガラス基板、シリコン基板などが挙げられ、シリコン基板であることが好ましい。また、シリコン基板には、電荷結合素子(CCD)、相補型金属酸化膜半導体(CMOS)、透明導電膜などが形成されていてもよい。また、シリコン基板には、各画素を隔離するブラックマトリクスが形成されている場合もある。また、シリコン基板には、上部の層との密着性改良、物質の拡散防止或いは基板表面の平坦化のために下地層が設けられていてもよい。下地層は、本明細書に記載の硬化性組成物から着色剤を除いた組成物や、本明細書記載の樹脂、重合性化合物、界面活性剤などを含む組成物などを用いて形成してもよい。下地層の表面接触角は、ジヨードメタンで測定した際に20°~70°であることが好ましい。また、水で測定した際に30°~80°であることが好ましい。 In the step of forming the curable composition layer, the curable composition layer is formed on a support using the curable composition according to the present disclosure. The support is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected depending on the application. For example, a glass substrate, a silicon substrate, etc. can be mentioned, and a silicon substrate is preferable. A charge-coupled device (CCD), a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), a transparent conductive film, etc. may be formed on the silicon substrate. A black matrix for isolating each pixel may be formed on the silicon substrate. A base layer may be provided on the silicon substrate to improve adhesion with the upper layer, prevent diffusion of substances, or flatten the substrate surface. The base layer may be formed using a composition obtained by removing the colorant from the curable composition described in this specification, or a composition containing the resin, polymerizable compound, surfactant, etc. described in this specification. The surface contact angle of the base layer is preferably 20° to 70° when measured with diiodomethane. It is also preferable that the surface contact angle is 30° to 80° when measured with water.
 硬化性組成物の塗布方法としては、公知の方法を用いることができる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0207に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  A known method can be used to apply the curable composition. For example, the method described in paragraph 0207 of WO 2022/085485 can be used.
 支持体上に形成した硬化性組成物層は、乾燥(プリベーク)してもよい。低温プロセスにより膜を製造する場合は、プリベークを行わなくてもよい。プリベークを行う場合、プリベーク温度は、150℃以下が好ましく、120℃以下がより好ましく、110℃以下が更に好ましい。下限は、例えば、50℃以上とすることができ、80℃以上とすることもできる。プリベーク時間は、10秒~300秒が好ましく、40秒~250秒がより好ましく、80秒~220秒が更に好ましい。プリベークは、ホットプレート、オーブン等で行うことができる。 The curable composition layer formed on the support may be dried (prebaked). When a film is produced by a low-temperature process, prebaking may not be performed. When prebaking is performed, the prebaking temperature is preferably 150°C or less, more preferably 120°C or less, and even more preferably 110°C or less. The lower limit can be, for example, 50°C or more, and can also be 80°C or more. The prebaking time is preferably 10 seconds to 300 seconds, more preferably 40 seconds to 250 seconds, and even more preferably 80 seconds to 220 seconds. Prebaking can be performed using a hot plate, an oven, etc.
 次に、硬化性組成物層をパターン状に露光する(露光工程)。例えば、硬化性組成物層に対し、ステッパー露光機やスキャナ露光機などを用いて、予め定めたマスクパターンを有するマスクを介して露光することで、パターン状に露光することができる。これにより、露光部分を硬化することができる。 Next, the curable composition layer is exposed to light in a pattern (exposure step). For example, the curable composition layer can be exposed to light in a pattern by using a stepper exposure machine or a scanner exposure machine through a mask having a predetermined mask pattern. This allows the exposed parts to be cured.
 露光に際して用いることができる放射線(光)としては、g線、i線等が挙げられる。また、波長300nm以下の光(好ましくは波長150nm~300nmの光)を用いることもできる。波長300nm以下の光としては、KrF線(波長248nm)、ArF線(波長193nm)などが挙げられ、KrF線(波長248nm)が好ましい。また、300nm以上の長波な光源も利用できる。 Radiation (light) that can be used for exposure includes g-line and i-line. Light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less (preferably light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm) can also be used. Examples of light with a wavelength of 300 nm or less include KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) and ArF line (wavelength 193 nm), with KrF line (wavelength 248 nm) being preferred. Long-wavelength light sources of 300 nm or more can also be used.
 また、露光に際して、光を連続的に照射して露光してもよく、パルス的に照射して露光(パルス露光)してもよい。なお、パルス露光とは、短時間(例えば、ミリ秒レベル以下)のサイクルで光の照射と休止を繰り返して露光する方式の露光方法のことである。 In addition, during exposure, light may be applied continuously or in pulses (pulse exposure). Pulse exposure is an exposure method in which light is applied and paused repeatedly in short cycles (e.g., milliseconds or less).
 照射量(露光量)は、例えば、0.03J/cm~2.5J/cmが好ましく、0.05J/cm~1.0J/cmがより好ましい。露光時における酸素濃度については適宜選択することができ、大気下で行う他に、例えば、酸素濃度が19体積%以下の低酸素雰囲気下(例えば、15体積%、5体積%、又は、実質的に無酸素)で露光してもよく、酸素濃度が21体積%を超える高酸素雰囲気下(例えば、22体積%、30体積%、又は、50体積%)で露光してもよい。また、露光照度は適宜設定することが可能であり、通常1000W/m~100000W/m(例えば、5000W/m、15000W/m、又は、35000W/m)の範囲から選択することができる。酸素濃度と露光照度は適宜条件を組み合わせてよく、例えば、酸素濃度10体積%で照度10000W/m、酸素濃度35体積%で照度20000W/mなどとすることができる。 The irradiation amount (exposure amount) is, for example, preferably 0.03 J/cm 2 to 2.5 J/cm 2 , more preferably 0.05 J/cm 2 to 1.0 J/cm 2. The oxygen concentration during exposure can be appropriately selected, and in addition to being performed under air, for example, exposure may be performed under a low-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of 19 volume% or less (e.g., 15 volume%, 5 volume%, or substantially oxygen-free), or exposure may be performed under a high-oxygen atmosphere with an oxygen concentration of more than 21 volume% (e.g., 22 volume%, 30 volume%, or 50 volume%). The exposure illuminance can be appropriately set, and can usually be selected from the range of 1000 W/m 2 to 100,000 W/m 2 (e.g., 5000 W/m 2 , 15000 W/m 2 , or 35000 W/m 2 ). The oxygen concentration and exposure illuminance may be appropriately combined. For example, an oxygen concentration of 10% by volume and an illuminance of 10,000 W/m 2 , and an oxygen concentration of 35% by volume and an illuminance of 20,000 W/m 2 , can be used.
 次に、硬化性組成物層の未露光部を現像除去してパターン(画素)を形成する。硬化性組成物層の未露光部の現像除去は、現像液を用いて行うことができる。これにより、露光工程における未露光部の硬化性組成物層が現像液に溶出し、光硬化した部分だけが残る。現像液の温度は、例えば、20℃~30℃が好ましい。現像時間は、20秒~180秒が好ましい。また、残渣除去性を向上するため、現像液を60秒ごとに振り切り、更に新たに現像液を供給する工程を数回繰り返してもよい。 Next, the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer are developed and removed to form a pattern (pixels). The unexposed parts of the curable composition layer can be developed and removed using a developer. As a result, the unexposed parts of the curable composition layer in the exposure step are dissolved into the developer, and only the photocured parts remain. The temperature of the developer is preferably, for example, 20°C to 30°C. The development time is preferably 20 seconds to 180 seconds. In addition, to improve residue removal, the process of shaking off the developer every 60 seconds and then supplying new developer may be repeated several times.
 現像液は、有機溶剤、アルカリ現像液などが挙げられ、アルカリ現像液が好ましく用いられる。例えば、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0214に記載の現像液及び現像方法を用いることもできる。 The developer may be an organic solvent or an alkaline developer, with an alkaline developer being preferred. For example, the developer and development method described in paragraph 0214 of WO 2022/085485 may be used.
 現像後、乾燥を施した後に追加露光処理や加熱処理(ポストベーク)を行うことが好ましい。追加露光処理やポストベークは、硬化を完全なものとするための現像後の硬化処理である。ポストベークにおける加熱温度は、例えば、100℃~240℃が好ましく、200℃~240℃がより好ましい。ポストベークは、現像後の膜を、上記条件になるようにホットプレートやコンベクションオーブン(熱風循環式乾燥機)、高周波加熱機等の加熱手段を用いて、連続式あるいはバッチ式で行うことができる。追加露光処理を行う場合、露光に用いられる光は、波長400nm以下の光であることが好ましい。また、追加露光処理は、韓国公開特許第10-2017-0122130号公報に記載された方法で行ってもよい。 After development and drying, it is preferable to perform additional exposure processing or heating processing (post-baking). Additional exposure processing and post-baking are curing processing after development to complete curing. The heating temperature in post-baking is, for example, preferably 100°C to 240°C, more preferably 200°C to 240°C. Post-baking can be performed continuously or batchwise using a heating means such as a hot plate, a convection oven (hot air circulation dryer), or a high-frequency heater to achieve the above conditions for the developed film. When additional exposure processing is performed, it is preferable that the light used for exposure has a wavelength of 400 nm or less. In addition, additional exposure processing may be performed by the method described in Korean Patent Publication No. 10-2017-0122130.
 ドライエッチング法でのパターン形成は、国際公開第2022/085485号の段落0216に記載の方法を用いることもできる。  The method described in paragraph 0216 of WO 2022/085485 can also be used for pattern formation using the dry etching method.
(光学素子)
 本開示に係る光学素子は、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 光学素子としては、光学フィルタ、レンズ、プリズム、反射鏡、回折格子等が挙げられる。中でも、光学フィルタが好ましく挙げられる。
 光学フィルタの種類としては、カラーフィルタ及び赤外線透過フィルタなどが挙げられ、カラーフィルタであることが好ましい。カラーフィルタは、その着色画素として本開示に係る膜を有することが好ましい。
(Optical elements)
The optical element according to the present disclosure has the film according to the present disclosure.
Examples of optical elements include optical filters, lenses, prisms, reflecting mirrors, diffraction gratings, etc. Among these, optical filters are preferred.
The types of optical filters include color filters and infrared transmission filters, and are preferably color filters. The color filter preferably has the film according to the present disclosure as its colored pixels.
 光学フィルタにおいて本開示に係る膜の膜厚は、目的に応じて適宜調整できる。膜厚は、20μm以下が好ましく、10μm以下がより好ましく、5μm以下が更に好ましい。膜厚の下限は、0.1μm以上が好ましく、0.2μm以上がより好ましく、0.3μm以上が更に好ましい。 The film thickness of the film disclosed herein in the optical filter can be adjusted as appropriate depending on the purpose. The film thickness is preferably 20 μm or less, more preferably 10 μm or less, and even more preferably 5 μm or less. The lower limit of the film thickness is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, and even more preferably 0.3 μm or more.
 光学フィルタに含まれる画素の幅は0.4μm~10.0μmであることが好ましい。下限は、0.4μm以上であることがより好ましく、0.5μm以上であることが更に好ましく、0.6μm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は、5.0μm以下であることがより好ましく、2.0μm以下であることが更に好ましく、1.0μm以下であることが特に好ましく、0.8μm以下であることが最も好ましい。また、画素のヤング率は0.5GPa~20GPaであることが好ましく、2.5GPa~15GPaがより好ましい。 The width of the pixels included in the optical filter is preferably 0.4 μm to 10.0 μm. The lower limit is more preferably 0.4 μm or more, even more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and particularly preferably 0.6 μm or more. The upper limit is more preferably 5.0 μm or less, even more preferably 2.0 μm or less, particularly preferably 1.0 μm or less, and most preferably 0.8 μm or less. The Young's modulus of the pixels is preferably 0.5 GPa to 20 GPa, and more preferably 2.5 GPa to 15 GPa.
 光学フィルタに含まれる各画素は高い平坦性を有することが好ましい。具体的には、画素の表面粗さRaは、100nm以下であることが好ましく、40nm以下であることがより好ましく、15nm以下であることが更に好ましい。下限は規定されないが、例えば0.1nm以上であることが好ましい。画素の表面粗さは、例えばVeeco社製のAFM(原子間力顕微鏡) Dimension3100を用いて測定することができる。また、画素上の水の接触角は適宜好ましい値に設定することができるが、典型的には、50°~110°の範囲である。接触角は、例えば接触角計CV-DT・A型(協和界面科学(株)製)を用いて測定できる。また、画素の体積抵抗値は高いことが好ましい。具体的には、画素の体積抵抗値は10Ω・cm以上であることが好ましく、1011Ω・cm以上であることがより好ましい。上限は規定されないが、例えば1014Ω・cm以下であることが好ましい。画素の体積抵抗値は、超高抵抗計5410(アドバンテスト社製)を用いて測定することができる。 Each pixel included in the optical filter preferably has high flatness. Specifically, the surface roughness Ra of the pixel is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 40 nm or less, and even more preferably 15 nm or less. Although the lower limit is not specified, it is preferably 0.1 nm or more, for example. The surface roughness of the pixel can be measured using, for example, an AFM (atomic force microscope) Dimension 3100 manufactured by Veeco. In addition, the contact angle of water on the pixel can be set to an appropriate preferred value, but is typically in the range of 50° to 110°. The contact angle can be measured using, for example, a contact angle meter CV-DT-A type (manufactured by Kyowa Interface Science Co., Ltd.). In addition, it is preferable that the volume resistance value of the pixel is high. Specifically, the volume resistance value of the pixel is preferably 10 9 Ω·cm or more, more preferably 10 11 Ω·cm or more. Although the upper limit is not specified, it is preferably 10 14 Ω·cm or less, for example. The volume resistance value of the pixel can be measured using an ultra-high resistance meter 5410 (manufactured by Advantest Corporation).
 光学フィルタにおいては、本開示に係る膜の表面に保護層が設けられていてもよい。保護層を設けることで、酸素遮断化、低反射化、親疎水化、特定波長の光(紫外線、近赤外線等)の遮蔽等の種々の機能を付与することができる。保護層の厚さとしては、0.01μm~10μmが好ましく、0.1μm~5μmがより好ましい。保護層の形成方法としては、保護層形成用の組成物を塗布して形成する方法、化学気相蒸着法、成型した樹脂を接着材で貼りつける方法等が挙げられる。保護層を構成する成分としては、(メタ)アクリル樹脂、エン・チオール樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリエーテル樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリスルホン樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン樹脂、ポリフェニレン樹脂、ポリアリーレンエーテルホスフィンオキシド樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂、ポリアミドイミド樹脂、ポリオレフィン樹脂、環状オレフィン樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ポリオール樹脂、ポリ塩化ビニリデン樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、アラミド樹脂、ポリアミド樹脂、アルキド樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、変性シリコーン樹脂、フッ素樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアクリロニトリル樹脂、セルロース樹脂、Si、C、W、Al、Mo、SiO、Siなどが挙げられ、これらの成分を二種以上含有してもよい。例えば、酸素遮断化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層はポリオール樹脂と、SiOと、Siを含むことが好ましい。また、低反射化を目的とした保護層の場合、保護層は(メタ)アクリル樹脂とフッ素樹脂を含むことが好ましい。 In the optical filter, a protective layer may be provided on the surface of the film according to the present disclosure. By providing a protective layer, various functions such as oxygen blocking, low reflection, hydrophilicity/hydrophobicity, and shielding of light of a specific wavelength (ultraviolet rays, near infrared rays, etc.) can be imparted. The thickness of the protective layer is preferably 0.01 μm to 10 μm, more preferably 0.1 μm to 5 μm. Methods for forming the protective layer include a method of forming the protective layer by applying a composition for forming the protective layer, a chemical vapor deposition method, and a method of attaching a molded resin with an adhesive. The components constituting the protective layer include (meth)acrylic resin, ene-thiol resin, polycarbonate resin, polyether resin, polyarylate resin, polysulfone resin, polyethersulfone resin, polyphenylene resin, polyarylene ether phosphine oxide resin, polyimide resin, polyamideimide resin, polyolefin resin, cyclic olefin resin, polyester resin, styrene resin, polyol resin, polyvinylidene chloride resin, melamine resin, urethane resin, aramid resin, polyamide resin, alkyd resin, epoxy resin, modified silicone resin, fluorine resin, polycarbonate resin, polyacrylonitrile resin, cellulose resin, Si, C, W, Al 2 O 3 , Mo, SiO 2 , Si 2 N 4 , etc., and may contain two or more of these components. For example, in the case of a protective layer intended for oxygen blocking, the protective layer preferably contains a polyol resin, SiO 2 , and Si 2 N 4. In addition, in the case of a protective layer intended for low reflection, the protective layer preferably contains a (meth)acrylic resin and a fluorine resin.
 保護層は、必要に応じて、有機・無機粒子、特定波長の光(例えば、紫外線、近赤外線等)の吸収剤、屈折率調整剤、酸化防止剤、密着剤、界面活性剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。有機・無機粒子の例としては、例えば、高分子粒子(例えば、シリコーン樹脂微粒子、ポリスチレン微粒子、メラミン樹脂微粒子)、酸化チタン、酸化亜鉛、酸化ジルコニウム、酸化インジウム、酸化アルミニウム、窒化チタン、酸窒化チタン、フッ化マグネシウム、中空シリカ、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム、硫酸バリウム等が挙げられる。特定波長の光の吸収剤は公知の吸収剤を用いることができる。これらの添加剤の含有量は適宜調整できるが、保護層の全質量に対し、0.1質量%~70質量%が好ましく、1質量%~60質量%が更に好ましい。 The protective layer may contain additives such as organic or inorganic particles, absorbents for light of specific wavelengths (e.g., ultraviolet light, near infrared light, etc.), refractive index adjusters, antioxidants, adhesion agents, and surfactants, as necessary. Examples of organic or inorganic particles include polymer particles (e.g., silicone resin particles, polystyrene particles, melamine resin particles), titanium oxide, zinc oxide, zirconium oxide, indium oxide, aluminum oxide, titanium nitride, titanium oxynitride, magnesium fluoride, hollow silica, silica, calcium carbonate, and barium sulfate. Known absorbents can be used as absorbents for light of specific wavelengths. The content of these additives can be adjusted as appropriate, but is preferably 0.1% by mass to 70% by mass, and more preferably 1% by mass to 60% by mass, based on the total mass of the protective layer.
 また、保護層としては、特開2017-151176号公報の段落番号0073~0092に記載の保護層を用いることもできる。 The protective layer may also be the one described in paragraphs 0073 to 0092 of JP2017-151176A.
 光学フィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。 The optical filter may have a structure in which each pixel is embedded in a space partitioned by partitions, for example in a grid pattern.
(イメージセンサ及び固体撮像素子)
 本開示に係るイメージセンサは、本開示に係る膜を有する。
 イメージセンサとしては、固体撮像素子、X線撮像素子、有機薄膜撮像素子等が挙げられる。中でも、固体撮像素子に好適に用いることができる。
 本開示に係る固体撮像素子は、本開示に係る膜を含む。固体撮像素子の構成としては、固体撮像素子として機能する構成であれば特に限定はないが、例えば、以下のような構成が挙げられる。
(Image sensors and solid-state imaging devices)
An image sensor according to the present disclosure comprises a membrane according to the present disclosure.
Examples of the image sensor include a solid-state imaging element, an X-ray imaging element, an organic thin-film imaging element, etc. Among these, the present invention can be suitably used for a solid-state imaging element.
The solid-state imaging device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure. The configuration of the solid-state imaging device is not particularly limited as long as it functions as a solid-state imaging device, and examples thereof include the following configurations.
 基板上に、固体撮像素子(CCD(電荷結合素子)イメージセンサ、CMOS(相補型金属酸化膜半導体)イメージセンサ等)の受光エリアを構成する複数のフォトダイオード及びポリシリコン等からなる転送電極を有し、フォトダイオード及び転送電極上にフォトダイオードの受光部のみ開口した遮光膜を有し、遮光膜上に遮光膜全面及びフォトダイオード受光部を覆うように形成された窒化シリコン等からなるデバイス保護膜を有し、デバイス保護膜上に、カラーフィルタを有する構成である。更に、デバイス保護膜上であってカラーフィルタの下(基板に近い側)に集光手段(例えば、マイクロレンズ等。以下同じ)を有する構成や、カラーフィルタ上に集光手段を有する構成等であってもよい。
また、カラーフィルタは、隔壁により例えば格子状に仕切られた空間に、各着色画素が埋め込まれた構造を有していてもよい。この場合の隔壁は各着色画素よりも低屈折率であることが好ましい。このような構造を有する撮像装置の例としては、特開2012-227478号公報、特開2014-179577号公報、国際公開第2018/043654号に記載の装置が挙げられる。また、特開2019-211559号公報の中で示しているように固体撮像素子の構造内に紫外線吸収層を設けて耐光性を改良してもよい。本開示に係る固体撮像素子を備えた撮像装置は、デジタルカメラや、撮像機能を有する電子機器(携帯電話等)の他、車載カメラや監視カメラ用としても用いることができる。
The configuration has a plurality of photodiodes constituting a light receiving area of a solid-state imaging element (such as a CCD (charge-coupled device) image sensor or a CMOS (complementary metal-oxide semiconductor) image sensor) on a substrate, a light-shielding film on the photodiodes and the transfer electrodes with only the light receiving parts of the photodiodes open, a device protection film made of silicon nitride or the like formed on the light-shielding film so as to cover the entire light-shielding film and the light receiving parts of the photodiodes, and a color filter on the device protection film.Furthermore, the configuration may have a light-collecting means (e.g., a microlens, etc., the same below) on the device protection film and below the color filter (on the side closer to the substrate), or a configuration may have a light-collecting means on the color filter.
The color filter may have a structure in which each colored pixel is embedded in a space partitioned, for example, in a lattice shape, by partitions. In this case, the partitions preferably have a lower refractive index than each colored pixel. Examples of imaging devices having such a structure include those described in JP 2012-227478 A, JP 2014-179577 A, and WO 2018/043654 A. In addition, as shown in JP 2019-211559 A, an ultraviolet absorbing layer may be provided in the structure of the solid-state imaging element to improve light resistance. An imaging device equipped with a solid-state imaging element according to the present disclosure can be used for digital cameras, electronic devices having an imaging function (such as mobile phones), as well as vehicle-mounted cameras and surveillance cameras.
(画像表示装置)
 本開示に係る画像表示装置は、本開示に係る膜を含む。画像表示装置としては、液晶表示装置や有機エレクトロルミネッセンス表示装置などが挙げられる。画像表示装置の定義や各画像表示装置の詳細については、例えば「電子ディスプレイデバイス(佐々木昭夫著、(株)工業調査会、1990年発行)」、「ディスプレイデバイス(伊吹順章著、産業図書(株)平成元年発行)」などに記載されている。また、液晶表示装置については、例えば「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術(内田龍男編集、(株)工業調査会、1994年発行)」に記載されている。本開示が適用できる液晶表示装置に特に制限はなく、例えば、上記の「次世代液晶ディスプレイ技術」に記載されている色々な方式の液晶表示装置に適用できる。
(Image display device)
The image display device according to the present disclosure includes the film according to the present disclosure. Examples of the image display device include a liquid crystal display device and an organic electroluminescence display device. The definition of the image display device and details of each image display device are described, for example, in "Electronic Display Devices (by Akio Sasaki, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1990)" and "Display Devices (by Junsho Ibuki, published by Sangyo Tosho Co., Ltd. in 1989)". In addition, the liquid crystal display device is described, for example, in "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology (edited by Tatsuo Uchida, published by Kogyo Chosakai Co., Ltd. in 1994)". There is no particular limitation on the liquid crystal display device to which the present disclosure can be applied, and the present disclosure can be applied to various types of liquid crystal display devices described in the above "Next Generation Liquid Crystal Display Technology".
(式(2)で表されるラジカル重合性開始剤)
 本開示に係るラジカル重合開始剤は、下記式(2)で表されるラジカル重合性開始剤である。
 本開示に係るラジカル重合開始剤は、光ラジカル重合開始剤であることが好ましく、波長150nm~300nmの光によりラジカルを発生する光ラジカル重合開始剤であることがより好ましい。
(Radical Polymerization Initiator Represented by Formula (2))
The radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is a radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (2).
The radical polymerization initiator according to the present disclosure is preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator, and more preferably a photoradical polymerization initiator that generates radicals when exposed to light with a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
 式(2)中、
 Arはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基を表し、
 Arは2価の有機基を表し、
 X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR、C=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基を表し、
 R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
 R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
 Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
 Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
 m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
 p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
In formula (2),
Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR , CRxRy , or C=O; R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
 式(2)における各符号の好ましい態様は、硬化性組成物において記載したため、ここでは記載を省略する。 The preferred embodiments of each symbol in formula (2) have been described in the curable composition, so they will not be described here.
 以下に実施例を挙げて本開示を更に具体的に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、処理手順等は、本開示における趣旨を逸脱しない限り、適宜、変更することができる。従って、本開示の範囲は以下に示す具体例に限定されるものではない。また、本実施例において、「%」、「部」とは、特に断りのない限り、それぞれ「質量%」、「質量部」を意味する。
 なお、実施例で使用するラジカル重合開始剤A-1~A-199は、式(1)で表されるラジカル重合開始剤の具体例として上述したラジカル重合開始剤A-1~A-199とそれぞれ同じ化合物である。
The present disclosure will be described in more detail below with reference to examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, processing contents, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present disclosure. Therefore, the scope of the present disclosure is not limited to the specific examples shown below. In the present examples, "%" and "parts" mean "% by mass" and "parts by mass", respectively, unless otherwise specified.
The radical polymerization initiators A-1 to A-199 used in the examples are the same compounds as the radical polymerization initiators A-1 to A-199 described above as specific examples of the radical polymerization initiator represented by formula (1).
<合成例1:ラジカル重合開始剤A-1の合成>
Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Radical Polymerization Initiator A-1
<<中間体A-1aの合成>>
 3つ口フラスコにN-エチルカルバゾール16.7gとクロロベンゼン100mLを加え0℃に冷却した。これに塩化アルミニウム13.9gを加えp-フルオロベンゾイルクロリド15.8gを滴下した。室温(25℃、以下同様)で2時間撹拌し、氷水に加えた。析出した固体をろ取しメタノールで洗浄し、中間体A-1a 26.2gを得た。
<<Synthesis of Intermediate A-1a>>
16.7 g of N-ethylcarbazole and 100 mL of chlorobenzene were added to a three-neck flask and cooled to 0°C. 13.9 g of aluminum chloride was added thereto and 15.8 g of p-fluorobenzoyl chloride was added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C, the same applies below) for 2 hours and added to ice water. The precipitated solid was filtered and washed with methanol to obtain 26.2 g of intermediate A-1a.
<<中間体A-1bの合成>>
 3つ口フラスコに中間体A-1a 15.4gと3-アセチル-1H-インドール24.1gを加え、ジメチルホルムアミド200mLに溶解させた。炭酸カリウム16.6gを加え150℃で6時間加熱撹拌した。得られた反応液を水に加え、得られた固体をろ取した。これをイソプロピルアルコールで再結晶し、中間体A-1b 29.5gを得た。
<<Synthesis of Intermediate A-1b>>
15.4 g of intermediate A-1a and 24.1 g of 3-acetyl-1H-indole were added to a three-neck flask and dissolved in 200 mL of dimethylformamide. 16.6 g of potassium carbonate was added and heated and stirred at 150° C. for 6 hours. The resulting reaction solution was added to water, and the resulting solid was filtered. This was recrystallized from isopropyl alcohol to obtain 29.5 g of intermediate A-1b.
<<ラジカル重合開始剤A-1の合成>>
 3つ口フラスコに中間体A-1b 18.1gを加えテトラヒドロフラン150mLに溶解させた。これにヒドロキシルアミン塩酸塩7.9gと酢酸ナトリウム8.8gと純水50mLを加え60℃で6時間加熱撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルと水で分液し有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させたのち濃縮した。次にこの濃縮物をテトラヒドロフランに溶解させ3つ口フラスコ中窒素雰囲気中で0℃に冷却した。ピリジン5.9gを加え、アセチルクロリド4.2gを滴下した。室温で2時間撹拌し反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し水で洗浄した。有機層有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させたのち濃縮した。得られた固体をメタノールでリスラリー精製したのちろ取し、ラジカル重合開始剤A-1 10.1gを得た。
<<Synthesis of Radical Polymerization Initiator A-1>>
18.1 g of intermediate A-1b was added to a three-neck flask and dissolved in 150 mL of tetrahydrofuran. 7.9 g of hydroxylamine hydrochloride, 8.8 g of sodium acetate, and 50 mL of pure water were added to this and heated and stirred at 60°C for 6 hours. The resulting reaction solution was separated into ethyl acetate and water, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated. Next, this concentrate was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran and cooled to 0°C in a nitrogen atmosphere in a three-neck flask. 5.9 g of pyridine was added, and 4.2 g of acetyl chloride was dropped. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, extracted with ethyl acetate, and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated. The resulting solid was reslurried and purified with methanol, and then filtered to obtain 10.1 g of radical polymerization initiator A-1.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-1であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=1.37(t、3H)、2.21(s,3H)、3.21(s,3H)、4.53(q,2H)、7.1-8.0(m,13H)、8.38(d,2H)、8.74(s,1H)、8.95(d,1H)
The radical polymerization initiator A-1 was confirmed to be the radical polymerization initiator A-1 by NMR spectrum. Radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 1.37 (t, 3H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 4.53 (q, 2H), 7.1-8.0 (m, 13H), 8.38 (d, 2H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, 1H)
<合成例2:ラジカル重合開始剤A-30の合成> <Synthesis Example 2: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-30>
<<中間体A-30aの合成>
 3つ口フラスコにN-エチルカルバゾール16.7gとクロロベンゼン100mLを加え0℃に冷却した。これに塩化アルミニウム13.9gを加えo-トルオイルクロリド15.4gを加えた。室温(25℃、以下同様)で2時間撹拌し再び0℃に冷却した。これに塩化アルミニウム14.5gを加え4-フルオロ-2-メチルベンゾイルクロリド19.5gを滴下した。室温(25℃、以下同様)で2時間撹拌し、氷水に加えた。析出した固体をろ取しメタノールで洗浄し、中間体A-30a 26.2gを得た。
<<Synthesis of Intermediate A-30a>>
16.7 g of N-ethylcarbazole and 100 mL of chlorobenzene were added to a three-neck flask and cooled to 0°C. 13.9 g of aluminum chloride and 15.4 g of o-toluoyl chloride were added to the mixture. The mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C, the same below) for 2 hours and cooled again to 0°C. 14.5 g of aluminum chloride were added to the mixture and 19.5 g of 4-fluoro-2-methylbenzoyl chloride were added dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature (25°C, the same below) for 2 hours and added to ice water. The precipitated solid was collected by filtration and washed with methanol, obtaining 26.2 g of intermediate A-30a.
<<中間体A-30bの合成>>
 3つ口フラスコに中間体A-30a 22.4gと3-(3-シクロペンチルプロピル-1-イル)-1H-インドール29.1gを加え、ジメチルホルムアミド300mLに溶解させた。炭酸カリウム16.6gを加え150℃で6時間加熱撹拌した。得られた反応液を水に加え、得られた固体をろ取した。これをイソプロピルアルコールで再結晶し、中間体A-30b 58.2gを得た。
<<Synthesis of Intermediate A-30b>>
22.4 g of intermediate A-30a and 29.1 g of 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole were added to a three-neck flask and dissolved in 300 mL of dimethylformamide. 16.6 g of potassium carbonate was added and heated and stirred at 150° C. for 6 hours. The resulting reaction solution was added to water, and the resulting solid was filtered. This was recrystallized from isopropyl alcohol to obtain 58.2 g of intermediate A-30b.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-1の合成と同様にして、中間体A-30bのオキシム化反応を行い、ラジカル重合開始剤A-30を得た。 In the same manner as in the synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-1, an oxime reaction of intermediate A-30b was carried out to obtain radical polymerization initiator A-30.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-30であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=0.8-1.0(m、2H)、1.37(t、3H)、1.5-2.0(m、11H)、2.21(s,3H)、2.24(s,3H)、2.41(s,3H)、2.45(t、2H)、3.21(s,3H)、4.53(q,2H)、7.1-8.0(m,14H)、8.38(d,2H)、8.74(s,1H)、8.95(d,1H)
It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that the radical polymerization initiator A-30 was the radical polymerization initiator A-1. The radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 0.8-1.0 (m, 2H), 1.37 (t, 3H), 1.5-2.0 (m, 11H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.45 (t, 2H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 4.53 (q, 2H), 7.1-8.0 (m, 14H), 8.38 (d, 2H), 8.74 (s, 1H), 8.95 (d, 1H)
<合成例3:ラジカル重合開始剤A-78の合成>
<Synthesis Example 3: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-78>
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-30の合成において、N-エチルカルバゾールをジベンゾチオフェンに、3-(3-シクロペンチルプロピル-1-イル)-1H-インドールを3-(2-シクロペンチルエチル-1-イル)-1H-インドールに変更した以外は同様の方法で、ラジカル重合開始剤A-78を合成した。 Radical polymerization initiator A-78 was synthesized in the same manner as radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzothiophene and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-78であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=1.2(m、2H)、1.5-2.0(m、7H)、2.35(s,3H)、2.36(s,3H)、2.49(s,3H)、2.90(t、2H)、7.2-8.0(m,13H)、8.49(m,1H)、8.67(s,1H)、8.70(s,1H)
It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was radical polymerization initiator A-78. Radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.5-2.0 (m, 7H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 7.2-8.0 (m, 13H), 8.49 (m, 1H), 8.67 (s, 1H), 8.70 (s, 1H)
<合成例4:ラジカル重合開始剤A-92の合成> <Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-92>
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-30の合成において、N-エチルカルバゾールをジベンゾフランに、3-(3-シクロペンチルプロピル-1-イル)-1H-インドールを3-(2-シクロペンチルエチル-1-イル)-1H-インドールに変更した以外は同様の方法で、ラジカル重合開始剤A-92を合成した。 Radical polymerization initiator A-92 was synthesized in the same manner as radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with dibenzofuran and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-92であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=1.2(m、2H)、1.5-2.0(m、7H)、2.35(s,3H)、2.36(s,3H)、2.49(s,3H)、2.90(t、2H)、7.2-7.8(m,13H)、8.02(dd,1H)、8.11(dd,1H)、8.47(s,2H)
It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was radical polymerization initiator A-92. Radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.5-2.0 (m, 7H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 2.49 (s, 3H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 7.2-7.8 (m, 13H), 8.02 (dd, 1H), 8.11 (dd, 1H), 8.47 (s, 2H)
<合成例5:ラジカル重合開始剤A-172の合成> <Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-172>
<<中間体A-172bの合成>>
 中間体A-30Bの合成において、3-(3-シクロペンチルプロピル-1-イル)-1H-インドールを3-(オクタン-1-イル)-1H-インドールに変更した以外は同様の方法で中間体A-172bを合成した。
<<Synthesis of Intermediate A-172b>>
Intermediate A-172b was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of intermediate A-30B, except that 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was changed to 3-(octan-1-yl)-1H-indole.
 3つ口フラスコに中間体A-172b 6.7gを加えテトラヒドロフラン100mLに溶解させた。これにナトリウムメトキシド1.6gを加え0℃で冷却した。これに亜硝酸イソアミル3.5gを滴下して加えさらに室温で2時間撹拌した。得られた反応液を酢酸エチルと水で分液し有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させたのち濃縮した。次にこの濃縮物をテトラヒドロフラン150mLに溶解させ3つ口フラスコ中窒素雰囲気中で0℃に冷却した。ピリジン2.4gを加え、アセチルクロリド2.9gを滴下した。室温で2時間撹拌し反応液を酢酸エチルで抽出し水で洗浄した。有機層有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させたのち濃縮した。得られた固体をメタノールでリスラリー精製したのちろ取し、ラジカル重合開始剤A-172 3.9gを得た。 6.7 g of intermediate A-172b was added to a three-neck flask and dissolved in 100 mL of tetrahydrofuran. 1.6 g of sodium methoxide was added to this and cooled to 0°C. 3.5 g of isoamyl nitrite was added dropwise to this and stirred at room temperature for another 2 hours. The resulting reaction solution was separated into ethyl acetate and water, and the organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated. Next, this concentrate was dissolved in 150 mL of tetrahydrofuran and cooled to 0°C in a nitrogen atmosphere in a three-neck flask. 2.4 g of pyridine was added, and 2.9 g of acetyl chloride was added dropwise. The reaction solution was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, extracted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated. The resulting solid was reslurried and purified in methanol and then filtered to obtain 3.9 g of radical polymerization initiator A-172.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-78であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=0.88(t、3H)、1.35(t、3H)、1.3-1.5(m、8H)、2.21(s,3H)、2.24(s,3H)、2.41(s,3H)、2.47(t、2H)、4.51(q,2H)、7.1-8.0(m,14H)、8.35(d,1H)、8.49(s,1H)、8.72(s,1H)、8.91(d,1H)
It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was radical polymerization initiator A-78. Radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 0.88 (t, 3H), 1.35 (t, 3H), 1.3-1.5 (m, 8H), 2.21 (s, 3H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.41 (s, 3H), 2.47 (t, 2H), 4.51 (q, 2H), 7.1-8.0 (m, 14H), 8.35 (d, 1H), 8.49 (s, 1H), 8.72 (s, 1H), 8.91 (d, 1H)
<合成例6:ラジカル重合開始剤A-196の合成> <Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-196>
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-30の合成において、N-エチルカルバゾールを9,9-ジエチル-2-ニトロ-9H-フルオレンに、3-(3-シクロペンチルプロピル-1-イル)-1H-インドールを3-(2-シクロペンチルエチル-1-イル)-1H-インドールに変更した以外は、同様の方法でラジカル重合開始剤A-196を合成した。 The radical polymerization initiator A-196 was synthesized in the same manner as in the synthesis of radical polymerization initiator A-30, except that N-ethylcarbazole was replaced with 9,9-diethyl-2-nitro-9H-fluorene and 3-(3-cyclopentylpropyl-1-yl)-1H-indole was replaced with 3-(2-cyclopentylethyl-1-yl)-1H-indole.
 ラジカル重合開始剤A-196であることはNMRスペクトルから確認した。ラジカル重合開始剤A-1についてHNMRによる分析を行った。その結果を以下に示す。
HNMR(重クロロホルム、400MHz、内部標準:テトラメチルシラン)δ=0.89(t、6H)、1.2(m、2H)、1.43(q、4H)、1.5-2.0(m、7H)、2.31(s,3H)、2.33(s,3H)、2.48(s,3H)、2.64(t、2H)、7.2-7.8(m,9H)、8.12(dd,1H)、8.24(dd,1H)、8.98(s,2H)
It was confirmed from the NMR spectrum that it was radical polymerization initiator A-196. Radical polymerization initiator A-1 was analyzed by 1 H NMR. The results are shown below.
1H NMR (deuterated chloroform, 400MHz, internal standard: tetramethylsilane) δ = 0.89 (t, 6H), 1.2 (m, 2H), 1.43 (q, 4H), 1.5-2.0 (m, 7H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, 3H), 2.64 (t, 2H), 7.2-7.8 (m, 9H), 8.12 (dd, 1H), 8.24 (dd, 1H), 8.98 (s, 2H)
<合成例7:上述した以外のラジカル重合開始剤の合成方法>
 原料等を変更した以外は、合成例1と類似の方法により、ラジカル重合開始剤A-1~A-91、A-93~A-195、及びA-197~A-199をそれぞれ得た。
<Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis method of radical polymerization initiator other than those described above>
Radical polymerization initiators A-1 to A-91, A-93 to A-195, and A-197 to A-199 were obtained in a similar manner to Synthesis Example 1 except that the raw materials and the like were changed.
<分散液の製造>
 下記表6に記載の原料を混合した混合液を、ビーズミル(ジルコニアビーズ0.1mm径)を用いて3時間混合及び分散した。次いで、減圧機構付き高圧分散機NANO-3000-10(日本ビーイーイー(株)製)を用いて圧力2,000kg/cm及び流量500g/minの条件の下、分散処理を行った。この分散処理を全10回繰り返して、分散液を得た。下記表6に記載の配合量を示す数値は質量部である。なお、分散剤の配合量の数値は、固形分換算での数値である。
<Preparation of Dispersion>
A mixture of the raw materials shown in Table 6 below was mixed and dispersed for 3 hours using a bead mill (zirconia beads 0.1 mm diameter). Next, a dispersion process was carried out using a high-pressure disperser NANO-3000-10 with a pressure reducing mechanism (manufactured by Japan BEE Co., Ltd.) under conditions of a pressure of 2,000 kg/ cm2 and a flow rate of 500 g/min. This dispersion process was repeated a total of 10 times to obtain a dispersion. The numerical values showing the blend amounts shown in Table 6 below are parts by mass. The numerical values of the blend amounts of dispersants are numerical values converted into solid content.
 上記分散液の処方を示す表6中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。 Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in Table 6, which shows the formulation of the above dispersion, are as follows:
<着色剤>
 PR264:C.I.Pigment Red 264[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR254:C.I.Pigment Red 254[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR291:C.I.Pigment Red 291[臭素化ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PR272:C.I.Pigment Red 272[ジケトピロロピロール化合物、赤色顔料(R顔料)]
 PG36:C.I.Pigment Green 36[銅フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PG58:C.I.Pigment Green 58[亜鉛フタロシアニン錯体、緑色顔料(G顔料)]
 PY129:C.I.Pigment Yellow 129[アゾメチン銅錯体、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY139:C.I.Pigment Yellow 139[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PY185:C.I.Pigment Yellow 185[イソインドリン化合物、黄色顔料(Y顔料)]
 PV23:C.I.Pigment Violet 23[ジオキサジン化合物、紫色顔料(V顔料)]
 PB16:C.I.Pigment Blue 16[無金属フタロシアニン化合物、青色顔料(B顔料)]
 PB15:6:C.I.Pigment Blue 15:6[銅フタロシアニン錯体、青色顔料(B顔料)]
 IR色素:下記構造の化合物(近赤外線吸収顔料、下記構造式中、Meはメチル基を表し、Phはフェニル基を表す。)
<Coloring Agent>
PR264: C.I. Pigment Red 264 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR254: C.I. Pigment Red 254 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR291: C.I. Pigment Red 291 [brominated diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PR272: C.I. Pigment Red 272 [diketopyrrolopyrrole compound, red pigment (R pigment)]
PG36: C.I. Pigment Green 36 [copper phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PG58: C.I. Pigment Green 58 [zinc phthalocyanine complex, green pigment (G pigment)]
PY129: C.I. Pigment Yellow 129 [azomethine copper complex, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY139: C.I. Pigment Yellow 139 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PY185: C.I. Pigment Yellow 185 [isoindoline compound, yellow pigment (Y pigment)]
PV23: C.I. Pigment Violet 23 [dioxazine compound, purple pigment (V pigment)]
PB16: C.I. Pigment Blue 16 [metal-free phthalocyanine compound, blue pigment (B pigment)]
PB15:6: C.I. Pigment Blue 15:6 [copper phthalocyanine complex, blue pigment (B pigment)]
IR dye: a compound having the following structure (near infrared absorbing pigment, in the following structural formula, Me represents a methyl group and Ph represents a phenyl group).
 TiBk:チタンブラック[黒色顔料(Bk顔料)]
 酸窒化Zr:酸窒化ジルコニウム[黒色顔料(Bk顔料)]
TiBk: Titanium black [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
Zr oxynitride: Zirconium oxynitride [black pigment (Bk pigment)]
<顔料誘導体>
 S-1:下記化合物
 S-2:下記化合物
 S-3:下記化合物
 S-4:下記化合物
<Pigment Derivatives>
S-1: The following compound S-2: The following compound S-3: The following compound S-4: The following compound
<分散剤>
 P-1:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアクリレート(PGMEA)溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:20,000。
<Dispersant>
P-1: 30% by mass propylene glycol monomethyl ether acrylate (PGMEA) solution of a resin having the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 20,000.
 P-2:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:28,000。式中、r=15、s=63、t=5、u=17、n=9である。 P-2: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 28,000. In the formula, r = 15, s = 63, t = 5, u = 17, n = 9.
 P-3:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。主鎖に付記した数値はモル比であり、側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:21,000。 P-3: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The number attached to the main chain is the molar ratio, and the number attached to the side chain is the number of repeating units. Mw: 21,000.
 P-4:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:11,400。 P-4: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers added to the side chains are the number of repeating units. Mw: 11,400.
 P-5:下記構造の樹脂の30質量%PGMEA溶液。側鎖に付記した数値は繰り返し単位の数である。Mw:10,000。 P-5: 30% by weight PGMEA solution of the resin with the following structure. The numbers added to the side chains are the number of repeating units. Mw: 10,000.
<溶剤>
 S-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 S-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 S-3:シクロヘキサノン
<Solvent>
S-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
S-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
S-3: Cyclohexanone
<硬化性組成物の製造>
 下記表7~表12に記載の分散液と、下記表7~表12に記載の樹脂と、下記表7~表12に記載のラジカル硬化性化合物と、下記表7~表12に記載のラジカル重合開始剤と、下記表7~表12に記載の連鎖移動剤と、下記表7~表12に記載の溶剤と、エポキシ化合物(EHPE-3150、(株)ダイセル製)の1質量部と、紫外線吸収剤(TINUVIN326、BASF社製)の1質量部と、以下に示す界面活性剤1の1質量部と、重合禁止剤(p-メトキシフェノール)の0.1質量部とを混合して、各実施例及び比較例の硬化性組成物をそれぞれ作製した。
<Preparation of Curable Composition>
Dispersions described in Tables 7 to 12 below, resins described in Tables 7 to 12 below, radical curable compounds described in Tables 7 to 12 below, radical polymerization initiators described in Tables 7 to 12 below, chain transfer agents described in Tables 7 to 12 below, solvents described in Tables 7 to 12 below, 1 part by mass of an epoxy compound (EHPE-3150, manufactured by Daicel Corporation), 1 part by mass of an ultraviolet absorber (TINUVIN326, manufactured by BASF Corporation), 1 part by mass of the surfactant 1 shown below, and 0.1 part by mass of a polymerization inhibitor (p-methoxyphenol) were mixed to prepare curable compositions of each of the examples and comparative examples.
 チオール系連鎖移動剤F-1:下記化合物 Thiol chain transfer agent F-1: The following compound
 チオール系連鎖移動剤F-2:下記化合物 Thiol chain transfer agent F-2: The following compound
 連鎖移動剤F-3:下記化合物、富士フイルム和光純薬(株)製 Chain transfer agent F-3: The following compound, manufactured by Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.
 界面活性剤1:KF-6001(両末端カルビノール変性ポリジメチルシロキサン、信越化学工業(株)製)の1質量%PGMEA溶液。 Surfactant 1: 1% by mass solution of KF-6001 (polydimethylsiloxane modified with carbinol at both ends, manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) in PGMEA.
 上述した以外の、上記硬化性組成物の処方を示す表7~表12中の略語で示す素材の詳細は、下記の通りである。  Details of the materials indicated by the abbreviations in Tables 7 to 12, which show the formulations of the curable compositions, other than those mentioned above, are as follows:
<樹脂>
 Ba-1:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量11,000)
<Resin>
Ba-1: Resin having the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Weight average molecular weight: 11,000)
 Ba-2:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。重量平均分子量15,000) Ba-2: Resin with the following structure (numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. Weight average molecular weight 15,000)
 Ba-3:下記構造の樹脂(主鎖に付記した数値はモル比である。xとyとzとの合計値は50である。Mw=15,000) Ba-3: Resin with the following structure (the numbers attached to the main chain are molar ratios. The sum of x, y, and z is 50. Mw = 15,000)
<ラジカル硬化性化合物>
 D-1:KAYARAD DPHA(ジペンタエリスリトールペンタアクリレートとジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレートの混合物、日本化薬(株)製)
 D-2:NKエステル A-DPH-12E(エチレンオキサイド(EO)変性6官能アクリレート化合物、新中村化学工業(株)製)
 D-3:NKエステル A-TMMT(ペンタエリスリトールテトラアクリレート、新中村化学工業(株)製)
 D-4:アロニックスM-510(3~4官能アクリレート化合物、東亞合成(株)製)
 D-5:ライトアクリレートDCP-A(2官能脂環式アクリレート化合物、共栄社化学(株)製)
<Radically curable compound>
D-1: KAYARAD DPHA (a mixture of dipentaerythritol pentaacrylate and dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.)
D-2: NK Ester A-DPH-12E (ethylene oxide (EO) modified hexafunctional acrylate compound, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
D-3: NK Ester A-TMMT (pentaerythritol tetraacrylate, manufactured by Shin-Nakamura Chemical Co., Ltd.)
D-4: Aronix M-510 (a tri- to tetra-functional acrylate compound, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.)
D-5: Light Acrylate DCP-A (bifunctional alicyclic acrylate compound, manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.)
<併用したラジカル重合開始剤>
 a-1:下記構造の化合物
<Radical polymerization initiator used in combination>
a-1: Compound having the following structure
a-2:下記構造の化合物 a-2: Compound with the following structure
 a-3:下記構造の化合物 a-3: Compound with the following structure
 a-4:下記構造の化合物 a-4: Compound with the following structure
 a-5:下記構造の化合物 a-5: Compound with the following structure

 
 

 
 
 a-6:下記構造の化合物 a-6: Compound with the following structure
 a-7:下記構造の化合物 a-7: Compound with the following structure
<比較用ラジカル重合開始剤>
 CA-1:下記化合物
<Radical Polymerization Initiator for Comparison>
CA-1: The following compound
<比較用ラジカル重合開始剤>
 CA-2:下記化合物
<Radical Polymerization Initiator for Comparison>
CA-2: The following compound
<評価> <Evaluation>
<<感度>>
 下塗り層付き8インチ(203.2mm)のシリコンウエハ上に、各硬化性組成物をスピンコータを用いて塗布し、次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃、120秒間の加熱(プリベーク)を行い、膜厚が0.4μmの塗膜を得た。
 次いで、塗膜に対して、KrFスキャナ露光機を用い、パターンを有するマスク(0.5μm×0.5μm)を介して波長248nmの光(KrF線)を、照度35000W/m、露光量20mJ/cmの条件で照射して露光を行った(露光工程)。
 次いで、露光後の塗膜に対し、現像液として水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用いて、23℃で60秒間シャワー現像を行った。その後、純水を用いてスピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、ポストベーク230℃で2分間加熱してパターンを形成した。
 露光量を200mJ/cmまで10mJ/cmずつ変化させ、線幅が0.7μmのパターンを形成可能な露光量を調べ、下記評価基準に基づいて、感度を評価した。結果を表13~表17に示す。
-評価基準-
  A:露光量が60mJ/cm以下であった。
  B:露光量が60mJ/cm超、100mJ/cm以下であった。
  C:露光量が100mJ/cm超、150mJ/cm以下であった。
  D:露光量が150mJ/cm超、200mJ/cm以下であった。
  E:200mJ/cm以上であった。
<<Sensitivity>>
Each curable composition was applied onto an 8-inch (203.2 mm) silicon wafer with an undercoat layer using a spin coater, and then heated (prebaked) at 100° C. for 120 seconds using a hot plate to obtain a coating film with a thickness of 0.4 μm.
Next, the coating film was exposed to light (KrF radiation) having a wavelength of 248 nm through a patterned mask (0.5 μm×0.5 μm) using a KrF scanner exposure machine under conditions of an illuminance of 35,000 W/m 2 and an exposure dose of 20 mJ/cm 2 (exposure step).
Next, the exposed coating film was subjected to shower development using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH) as a developer at 23° C. for 60 seconds, followed by rinsing with pure water by spin shower and post-baking at 230° C. for 2 minutes to form a pattern.
The exposure dose was changed in increments of 10 mJ/ cm2 up to 200 mJ/ cm2 , and the exposure dose capable of forming a pattern with a line width of 0.7 μm was examined, and the sensitivity was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The exposure amount was 60 mJ/ cm2 or less.
B: The exposure amount was more than 60 mJ/ cm2 and 100 mJ/ cm2 or less.
C: The exposure amount was more than 100 mJ/ cm2 and 150 mJ/ cm2 or less.
D: The exposure amount was more than 150 mJ/ cm2 and 200 mJ/ cm2 or less.
E: 200 mJ/ cm2 or more.
<<密着性及び残渣抑制性>>
 露光量を100mJ/cmに設定した以外は、感度評価と同様にして、パターンを形成した。
 得られたパターンについて、走査型電子顕微鏡(S-4800H、(株)日立ハイテク製)を用いて、倍率20000倍で観察した。観察された画像の一部領域において形成されるパターンの総数(1071個×1071個)のうち剥離したパターン数を測定し、下記評価基準に基づいて、密着性を評価した。結果を表13~表17に示す。
-評価基準-
  A:剥離したパターン数が10個以下であった。
  B:剥離したパターン数が10個超、20個以下であった。
  C:剥離したパターン数が20個超、50個以下であった。
  D:剥離したパターン数が50個超、200個以下であった。
  E:剥離したパターン数が200個超であった。
<<Adhesion and Residue Suppression>>
A pattern was formed in the same manner as in the sensitivity evaluation, except that the exposure dose was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
The obtained patterns were observed at a magnification of 20,000 times using a scanning electron microscope (S-4800H, Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The number of peeled patterns out of the total number of patterns (1071 pieces x 1071 pieces) formed in a partial area of the observed image was counted, and the adhesion was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The number of peeled patterns was 10 or less.
B: The number of peeled patterns was more than 10 and 20 or less.
C: The number of peeled patterns was more than 20 and 50 or less.
D: The number of peeled patterns was more than 50 and 200 or less.
E: The number of peeled patterns was more than 200.
 また、走査型電子顕微鏡により得られた画像に対して、下記評価基準に基づいて、残渣抑制性を評価した。結果を表13~表17に示す。
-評価基準-
  A:パターンの直線性が非常に優れ、パターン間の残渣が極めて少なかった。
  B:パターンの直線性が優れ、パターン間の残渣が少なかった。
  C:パターンの直線性が僅かに悪いが、パターン間の残渣は少なかった。
  D:パターンの直線性が悪く、パターン間の残渣は多かった。
  E:残渣が多すぎたため、パターンが形成されず、パターン間が確認できなかった。
The images obtained by the scanning electron microscope were evaluated for residue suppression properties according to the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
-Evaluation criteria-
A: The linearity of the pattern was excellent, and there was very little residue between the patterns.
B: The linearity of the pattern was excellent, and there was little residue between the patterns.
C: The linearity of the pattern was slightly poor, but there was little residue between the patterns.
D: The linearity of the pattern was poor, and there was a large amount of residue between the patterns.
E: There was too much residue, so no pattern was formed and the gap between the patterns could not be confirmed.
<<膜厚変化抑制性>>
 露光量を100mJ/cmに設定した以外は、感度評価と同様にして、パターンを形成した。
 プリベーク後及びポストベーク後の塗膜の膜厚をそれぞれ測定し、下記評価基準に基づいて、膜厚変化抑制性を評価した。結果を表13~表17に示す。
  A:式(プリベーク後の塗膜の膜厚-ポストベーク後の塗膜の膜厚)/プリベーク後の塗膜の膜厚×100により求められる塗膜変化割合が、1%以下であった。
  B:塗膜変化割合が1%超、5%以下であった。
  C:塗膜変化割合が5%超、10%以下であった。
  D:塗膜変化割合が10%超、20%以下であった。
  E:塗膜変化割合が20%超であった。
<<Inhibition of film thickness change>>
A pattern was formed in the same manner as in the sensitivity evaluation, except that the exposure dose was set to 100 mJ/cm 2 .
The thickness of the coating film after pre-baking and after post-baking was measured, and the film thickness change suppression ability was evaluated based on the following evaluation criteria. The results are shown in Tables 13 to 17.
A: The rate of change in the coating film calculated by the formula (thickness of the coating film after pre-baking-thickness of the coating film after post-baking)/thickness of the coating film after pre-baking×100 was 1% or less.
B: The coating film change rate was more than 1% and 5% or less.
C: The coating film change rate was more than 5% and 10% or less.
D: The coating film change rate was more than 10% and 20% or less.
E: The coating film change rate was more than 20%.
 上記表13~表17に示すように、実施例の硬化性組成物は、比較例の硬化性組成物よりも、得られる硬化物から発生する感度及び基材への密着性に優れるものであった。
 また、上記表13~表17に示すように、実施例の硬化性組成物は、残渣発生抑制性、及び、膜厚変化抑制性にも優れる。
As shown in Tables 13 to 17 above, the curable compositions of the Examples were superior in sensitivity generated from the obtained cured products and adhesion to substrates to the curable compositions of the Comparative Examples.
Furthermore, as shown in Tables 13 to 17 above, the curable compositions of the examples are also excellent in suppressing the generation of residues and suppressing changes in film thickness.
 各実施例の硬化性組成物は、i線の代わりにKrF線を照射しても同様の効果が得られる。KrF線照射の条件としては、例えば、露光光:KrF線(波長248nm)、露光量:10mJ/cm~500mJ/cm、最大瞬間照度:250,000,000W/m(平均照度:30,000W/m)、パルス幅:30ナノ秒、周波数:4kHzとすることができる。 The curable compositions of the examples can be irradiated with KrF rays instead of i rays to obtain the same effect. The conditions for KrF ray irradiation can be, for example, exposure light: KrF rays (wavelength 248 nm), exposure dose: 10 mJ/cm 2 to 500 mJ/cm 2 , maximum instantaneous illuminance: 250,000,000 W/m 2 (average illuminance: 30,000 W/m 2 ), pulse width: 30 nanoseconds, and frequency: 4 kHz.
 また、実施例1~実施例200の各例における塗膜(硬化膜)の膜厚を、0.2μm、及び、2,0μmに変更した以外は、同様にして評価したところ、それぞれ上記評価結果と同様の評価結果が得られた。 In addition, the coating (cured) thickness in each of Examples 1 to 200 was changed to 0.2 μm and 2.0 μm, but the evaluation was performed in the same manner. The same evaluation results as those described above were obtained.
(実施例301:固体撮像素子の作製)
 シリコンウェハ上に、実施例1の硬化性組成物を製膜後の膜厚が0.4μmになるようにスピンコート法で塗布した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、100℃で2分間加熱した。次いで、i線ステッパー露光装置FPA-3000i5+(キヤノン(株)製)を用い、1,000mJ/cmで1.0μm四方のドットパターンのマスクを介して露光した。次いで、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム(TMAH)0.3質量%水溶液を用い、23℃で60秒間パドル現像を行った。その後、スピンシャワーにてリンスを行い、更に純水にて水洗した。次いで、ホットプレートを用いて、200℃で5分間加熱することで、シリコンウェハ上に、実施例1の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる赤色パターンを形成した。同様に実施例6の硬化性組成物(緑色)、実施例11の硬化性組成物(青色)を順次パターニングし、赤、緑及び青の着色パターン(Bayerパターン)を形成した。
 なお、Bayerパターンとは、米国特許第3,971,065号明細書に開示されているような、一個の赤色(Red)素子と、二個の緑色(Green)素子と、一個の青色(Blue)素子とを有する色フィルタ素子の2×2アレイを繰り返したパターンである。
 得られたカラーフィルタを公知の方法に従い固体撮像素子に組み込んだ。実施例で作製したいずれの硬化性組成物を使用した場合でも、固体撮像素子は硬化膜における密着性に優れ、また、好適な画像認識能を有する固体撮像素子が得られたことが確認された。
(Example 301: Fabrication of solid-state imaging device)
The curable composition of Example 1 was applied on a silicon wafer by spin coating so that the film thickness after film formation was 0.4 μm. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 100 ° C. for 2 minutes. Then, using an i-line stepper exposure device FPA-3000i5 + (manufactured by Canon Inc.), it was exposed through a mask of a 1.0 μm square dot pattern at 1,000 mJ / cm 2. Then, using a 0.3 mass % aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH), paddle development was performed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds. Thereafter, it was rinsed with a spin shower and further washed with pure water. Then, using a hot plate, it was heated at 200 ° C. for 5 minutes to form a red pattern on the silicon wafer by curing the curable composition of Example 1. Similarly, the curable composition of Example 6 (green) and the curable composition of Example 11 (blue) were patterned in sequence to form a red, green and blue colored pattern (Bayer pattern).
The Bayer pattern is a repeated 2×2 array of color filter elements having one red element, two green elements, and one blue element, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 3,971,065.
The obtained color filter was incorporated into a solid-state imaging device according to a known method. It was confirmed that the solid-state imaging device had excellent adhesion in the cured film and favorable image recognition ability, regardless of which curable composition prepared in the Examples was used.
 2022年11月21日に出願された日本国特許出願第2022-185873号の開示、及び、2023年4月7日に出願された日本国特許出願第2023-063052号の開示は、その全体が参照により本明細書に取り込まれる。
 本明細書に記載された全ての文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格は、個々の文献、特許出願、及び、技術規格が参照により取り込まれることが具体的かつ個々に記された場合と同程度に、本明細書中に参照により取り込まれる。
The disclosures of Japanese Patent Application No. 2022-185873 filed on November 21, 2022 and Japanese Patent Application No. 2023-063052 filed on April 7, 2023 are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
All publications, patent applications, and technical standards mentioned in this specification are herein incorporated by reference to the same extent as if each individual publication, patent application, or technical standard was specifically and individually indicated to be incorporated by reference.

Claims (17)

  1.  インドール骨格を有する基、前記インドール骨格とは異なる3環以上が縮環した基、及び(ケト)オキシムエステル基を有するラジカル重合開始剤と、
     ラジカル硬化性化合物と、
    を含み、
     前記3環以上が縮環した基及び前記(ケト)オキシムエステル基が、前記インドール骨格を有する基に結合する、硬化性組成物。
    a radical polymerization initiator having a group having an indole skeleton, a group having three or more condensed rings different from the indole skeleton, and a (keto)oxime ester group;
    A radical curable compound;
    Including,
    the group having three or more condensed rings and the (keto)oxime ester group are bonded to the group having an indole skeleton.
  2.  前記ラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式(1)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の硬化性組成物。

     式(1)中、
     Zはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシル基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、アシル基のいずれかを表し、
     Xは3環以上が縮環した基を表し、
     Lは単結合又は2価の有機基を表し、
     R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
     Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
     Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
     m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 1 , wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (1):

    In formula (1),
    Z1 represents any one of an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, a hydroxyl group, a carboxyl group, a cyano group, a nitro group, a halogen atom, and an acyl group;
    X represents a group having three or more condensed rings;
    L represents a single bond or a divalent organic group;
    R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
    Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
    m and n each independently represent 0 or 1.
  3.  前記ラジカル重合開始剤が、下記式(2)で表される化合物である、請求項1に記載の硬化性組成物。

     式(2)中、
     Arはアルキル基、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基を表し、
     Arは2価の有機基を表し、
     X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR又はC=Oを表し、
     R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
     R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
     R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
     Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
     Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
     m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
     p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 1 , wherein the radical polymerization initiator is a compound represented by the following formula (2):

    In formula (2),
    Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
    Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
    X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR, CRxRy , or C=O;
    R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
    R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
    R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
    Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
    m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
    p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
  4.  前記Yが、下記式(3)で表される基である、請求項2又は請求項3に記載の硬化性組成物。

     式(3)中、
     Rはアルキル基を表し、ただし、LがCHRである場合、Rは水素原子であってもよく、
     Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
     Rはアルキル基を表し、
     L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
     R、R、R及びRのうちの2つ以上は互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよく、
     Zは単結合又は炭素数1~6のアルキレン基を表し、
     *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein Y 1 is a group represented by the following formula (3):

    In formula (3),
    R2 represents an alkyl group, provided that when L2 is CHR, R2 may be a hydrogen atom;
    R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
    R4 represents an alkyl group;
    L1 and L2 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and each R independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
    Two or more of R 2 , R 3 , R 4 and R may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure;
    Z2 represents a single bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms;
    * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  5.  前記Yが、下記式(4)で表される基である、請求項2又は請求項3に記載の硬化性組成物。

     式(4)中、
     L及びLはそれぞれ独立に、CHR、O、S又はNRを表し、L及びLのうちの少なくとも1つはCHRであり、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
     Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基を表し、
     rは1~6の整数を表し、
     *はオキシム基との連結部を表す。
    The curable composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein Y 1 is a group represented by the following formula (4):

    In formula (4),
    L3 and L4 each independently represent CHR, O, S, or NR, and at least one of L3 and L4 is CHR, in which R represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
    Each R5 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group;
    r represents an integer from 1 to 6;
    * indicates the linkage to the oxime group.
  6.  前記Arが、アリール基又はヘテロアリール基である、請求項3に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition of claim 3 , wherein Ar 1 is an aryl or heteroaryl group.
  7.  前記Arが、アリーレン基である、請求項3に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition of claim 3 , wherein Ar 2 is an arylene group.
  8.  前記mが、1である、請求項2又は請求項3に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 2 or 3, wherein m is 1.
  9.  着色剤を更に含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or claim 2, further comprising a colorant.
  10.  チオール系連鎖移動剤を更に含む、請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物。 The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2, further comprising a thiol-based chain transfer agent.
  11.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物に波長150nm~300nmのエキシマレーザー光を照射する工程を含む、
     硬化物の製造方法。
    The curable composition according to claim 1 or 2 is irradiated with an excimer laser beam having a wavelength of 150 nm to 300 nm.
    A method for producing a cured product.
  12.  請求項1又は請求項2に記載の硬化性組成物を硬化してなる膜。 A film obtained by curing the curable composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  13.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む光学素子。 An optical element comprising the film according to claim 12.
  14.  請求項12に記載の膜を含むイメージセンサ。 An image sensor including the film according to claim 12.
  15.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む固体撮像素子。 A solid-state imaging device including the film according to claim 12.
  16.  請求項12に記載の膜を含む画像表示装置。 An image display device including the film according to claim 12.
  17.  下記式(2)で表される、ラジカル重合開始剤。

     式(2)中、
     Arはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基を表し、
     Arは2価の有機基を表し、
     X11及びX12はそれぞれ独立に、単結合、O、S、NR、CR、C=Oを表し、R、R及びRはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基を表し、
     R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、アルキル基、アリール基、ハロゲン原子、ニトロ基、ヒドロキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基又はアリールチオ基を表し、
     R15~R19はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ニトロ基、アルコキシ基又はアリールオキシ基を表し、2つ以上のR15~R19は互い連結して環構造を形成してもよく、形成した環構造は芳香環でもよく、
     Yは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を表し、
     Rはアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基又はヘテロアリールオキシ基を表し、
     m及びnはそれぞれ独立に、0又は1を表し、
     p及びqはそれぞれ独立に、0~3の整数を表す。
    A radical polymerization initiator represented by the following formula (2):

    In formula (2),
    Ar 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, or a heteroaryl group;
    Ar2 represents a divalent organic group;
    X11 and X12 each independently represent a single bond, O, S, NR , CRxRy , or C=O; R, Rx , and Ry each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group;
    R 11 and R 12 each independently represent an alkyl group, an aryl group, a halogen atom, a nitro group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group;
    R 15 to R 19 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a nitro group, an alkoxy group, or an aryloxy group, two or more of R 15 to R 19 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure, and the ring structure thus formed may be an aromatic ring;
    Y 1 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group;
    R 1 represents an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, or a heteroaryloxy group;
    m and n each independently represent 0 or 1;
    p and q each independently represent an integer of 0 to 3.
PCT/JP2023/039908 2022-11-21 2023-11-06 Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator WO2024111393A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022-185873 2022-11-21
JP2022185873 2022-11-21
JP2023-063052 2023-04-07
JP2023063052 2023-04-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024111393A1 true WO2024111393A1 (en) 2024-05-30

Family

ID=91195543

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/039908 WO2024111393A1 (en) 2022-11-21 2023-11-06 Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024111393A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR20090046108A (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-11 타코마테크놀러지 주식회사 Oxim ester compounds, photosensitive composition comprising the same and usage
JP2009519904A (en) * 2005-12-01 2009-05-21 チバ ホールディング インコーポレーテッド Oxime ester photoinitiator
WO2015152153A1 (en) * 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 株式会社Adeka Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing said compound
WO2023085072A1 (en) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009519904A (en) * 2005-12-01 2009-05-21 チバ ホールディング インコーポレーテッド Oxime ester photoinitiator
KR20090046108A (en) * 2007-11-05 2009-05-11 타코마테크놀러지 주식회사 Oxim ester compounds, photosensitive composition comprising the same and usage
WO2015152153A1 (en) * 2014-04-04 2015-10-08 株式会社Adeka Oxime ester compound and photopolymerization initiator containing said compound
WO2023085072A1 (en) * 2021-11-09 2023-05-19 富士フイルム株式会社 Colored curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2024004619A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2023243414A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
KR20240064022A (en) Colored curable composition, method for producing a cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging device, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2021230121A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024111393A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004425A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024004390A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024181520A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024171895A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
JP7143432B2 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, method for producing color filter, solid-state imaging device, and image display device
WO2024057998A1 (en) Composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, compound, and infrared absorbing agent
WO2024004426A1 (en) Curable composition, method for producing cured product, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024143018A1 (en) Light-sensitive composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, infrared sensor, camera module, and compound
WO2024181118A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024190447A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, color filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024058001A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and compound
WO2024018910A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, image display device and coloring agent
WO2024190446A1 (en) Resin composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024181097A1 (en) Photocurable composition, method for producing cured article, film, optical element, image sensor, solid-state imaging element, image display device, and radical polymerization initiator
WO2024043147A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2024135427A1 (en) Method for producing optical filter and method for producing solid-state imaging element
WO2024014300A1 (en) Resin composition, method for producing resin composition, pigment derivative, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device
WO2024018941A1 (en) Resin composition, membrane, optical filter, solid-state imaging device, image display device, optical sensor, and camera module
WO2023228791A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element and image display device
WO2024048337A1 (en) Coloring composition, film, optical filter, solid-state imaging element, and image display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23894405

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1